e-studio170f operator's manual - copier fax printer operator's... · star partner,...

248
PLAIN PAPER FACSIMILE Operator's Manual

Upload: vudan

Post on 06-Mar-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

PLAIN PAPER FACSIMILE

Operator's Manual

Page 2: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has introduced a voluntary program, the ENERGY

STAR Program, to encourage the widespread and voluntary use of energy-efficient technologies that enhance the

workplace, improve product performance, prevent pollution, and reduce your energy costs. As an ENERGY

STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy

efficiency. ENERGY STAR guidelines require that all ENERGY STAR facsimiles maintain very low power

consumption during idle state or have a "Power Saver" feature that will automatically stand-down to an idle stateafter a period of inactivity.

For more information on the ENERGY STAR Program, please contact:

ENERGY STAR Printers/Fax Machines

US EPA (6202J)Washington, DC 20460

EPA ENERGY STAR®

ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered mark.

Page 3: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

1

Read through this manual before using the machine. Keep the manual in a convenient location so that you may refer to the manual whenever necessary.

U. S. A.

WARNING FCC Notice: Part 15

This terminal has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digi-tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to pro-vide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is oper-ated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with this guide,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this terminalin a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the userwill be required to correct the interference at his/her own expense.Warning: Changes or modification not expressly approved by Toshiba TEC

could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

WARNING FCC Notice: Part 68

This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirementsadopted by the ACTA. On the rear of this equipment is a label that contains, amongother information, a product identifier in the format US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. If re-quested, this number must be provided to the telephone company.

This device is equipped with a USOC RJ11C connector.

A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and tele-phone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirementsadopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is providedwith this product. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack thatis also compliant. See installation instructions for details.

The REN is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to atelephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices notringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENsshould not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may beconnected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephonecompany. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product ispart of the product identifier that has the format US: AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digitsrepresented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (e.g., 03 is a REN of 0.3).For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label.

If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone companywill notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be re-

quired. But if advance notice isn’t practical, the telephone company will notify thecustomer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a com-plaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operationsor procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens thetelephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make necessarymodifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

If trouble is experienced with this equipment, for repair or warranty information,please contact TOSHIBA AMERICA BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, INC. 800-268-6744.If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone companymay request that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.

Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state publicutility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for infor-mation.

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any personto use a computer or other electronic device, including Fax machines, to send anymessage unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom ofeach transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time itis sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual send-ing the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such busi-ness, other entity, or individual.(The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number forwhich charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)

In order to program this information into your Fax machine, you should complete:complete the setup procedures listed for station ID number and name on page 43 inthis manual.

A telecommunication line cable of minimum No.26 AWG wire must be used.

TOSHIBA AMERICA BUSINESS SOLUTIONS, INC.Electronic Imaging Division2 Musick, Irvine, CA 92618-1631

This equipment is hearing aid compatible.

NOTICE TO USERS

Page 4: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

2

Canada

NOTICE: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certifica-tion means that the equipment meets telecommunications network protective, operationaland safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment TechnicalRequirements document(s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will oper-ate to the user’s satisfaction.

Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be con-nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment mustalso be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should beaware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of servicein some situations.

Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated bythe supplier.Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions,may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect theequipment.

Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of thepower utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are con-nected together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.

CAUTION: Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, butshould contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate.

The Ringer Equivalence Number of your facsimile is 0.3

NOTICE: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal de-vice provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connectedto a telephone interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combinationof devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Num-bers of all the devices does not exceed 5.

CAUTION – To reduce the risk of fire, use only No.26 AWG or larger telecommunicationline cord.

AVIS: L’etiquette d’lndustrie Canada identifie le marériel homologué. Cette étiquettecertifie que le matériel est conforme aux normes de protection, d’exploitation et desécurité des réseaux de télécommunications, comme le prescrivent les documentsconcernant les exigences techniques relatives au matériel terminal.

Le Ministére n’assure toutefois pas que le matériel fonctionnera à la satisfaction del’utilisateur.Avant d’installer ce matériel, l’utilisateur doit s’assurer qu’il est permis de le raccorder auxinstallations de l’entreprise locale de télécommunication. Le matériel doit également êtreinstallé en suivant une méthode acceptée de raccordement. L’abonné ne doit pas oublierqu’il est possible que la conformité aux conditions énoncées ci-dessus n’empêche pas ladégradation du service dans certaines situations.

Les réparations de materiel homologué doivent être coordonnées par un représentantdésigné par le fournisseur. L’entreprise de télécommunications peut demander àl’utilisateur de débrancher un appareil à la suite de réparations ou de modificationseffectuees par l’utilisateur ou à cause de mauvais fonctionnement.

Pour sa propre protection, l’utilisateur doit s’assurer que tous les fils de mise à la terre dela source d’énergie électrique, des lignes téléphoniques et des canalisations d’eaumétalliques, s’il y en a, sont raccordés ensemble. Cette précaution est particulièrementimportante dans les régions rerales.

Avertissement: L’utilisateur ne doit pas tenter de faire ces raccordements luimême; ildoit avoir recours à un service d’inspection des installations électriques, ou à unélectricien, selon le cas.

L’indice d’equivalence de la sonnerie de ce matériel 0.3.

AVIS: L’indice d’équivalence de la sonnerie (IES) assigné à chaque dispositif terminalindique le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être raccordés à une interface. Laterminaison d’une interface téléphonique peut consister en une combinaison dequelques dispositifs, à la seule condition que la somme d’indices d’equivalence de lasonnerie de tous les dispositifs n’excède pas 5.

ATTENTION – Pour réduire les risques d’incendie, utiliser uniquement des conducteursde telecommunications 26 AWG au de section superleure.

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

TOSHIBA OF CANADA LIMITEDOffice Product Group191 McNABB STREETMARKHAM, ONTARIO L3R 8H2

Page 5: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

3

LASER SAFETY INFORMATION

This facsimile does not produce laser radiation hazardous to the user. It is certifiedas a Class 1 laser product under the U.S Department of Health and Human Ser-vices (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Controlfor Health and Safety Act of 1968.

Protective housing and external covers completely confine the laser light emittedinside the facsimile. The laser beam cannot escape from the machine during anyphase of user operation.

Regulations implemented on August 2, 1976 by the Bureau of Radiological Health(BRH) of the U.S Food and Drug Administration apply to laser products manufac-tured from August 1,1976. Laser products marketed in the United States must com-ply with these regulations.

Caution: Using controls or adjustments or performing procedures, otherthan those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation ex-posure.

4122-1496

Page 6: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

4

CONTENTS

NOTICE TO USERS ............................................................... 1

LASER SAFETY INFORMATION .......................................... 3FEATURES ............................................................................ 8

CARE AND MAINTENANCE................................................. 9

INTRODUCTION ......................................................... 10FACSIMILE UNIT DESCRIPTIONS ....................................... 10

Front View ............................................................................................. 10Rear View .............................................................................................. 11

OPERATION PANEL ............................................................. 13

SETUP......................................................................... 16UNPACKING .......................................................................... 16

Unpack the Carton ................................................................................. 16Make Sure All Items are Enclosed ......................................................... 16Select a Desirable Location ................................................................... 17

FACSIMILE MACHINE INSTALLATION ............................... 18Connecting Your TOSHIBA Facsimile .................................................... 18Recording Paper Exit Tray ..................................................................... 19Document Support ................................................................................. 19Document Exit Tray ............................................................................... 19Recording Paper Tray ............................................................................ 20Bypass Tray .......................................................................................... 20

INITIAL PRINTING SUPPLIES INSTALLATION ................... 21Recording Paper Installation (Recording Paper Tray) ............................. 21Recording Paper Installation (Bypass Tray) ........................................... 24Recording Paper Installation (Optional Recording Paper Tray) ............... 25Drum Unit and Toner Cartridge Installation ............................................. 28

PRINTING SUPPLIES REPLACEMENT ............................... 30Toner Cartridge Replacement ................................................................. 30Drum Unit Replacement ......................................................................... 32

QUICK START ....................................................................... 35Terminal ID ............................................................................................ 35Transmitting ........................................................................................... 35Receiving ............................................................................................... 35

USER INTERFACE OPERATION ......................................... 36Menu Operation ..................................................................................... 36Character Entry ...................................................................................... 37

INITIAL SETUP ...................................................................... 39Initial Setting Summary .......................................................................... 39Language Selection ............................................................................... 40Date and Time Setting ........................................................................... 41Terminal ID Setting ................................................................................ 43Dial Type Setting ................................................................................... 45

DEVICE CONFIGURATION ................................................... 46Configuration Summary .......................................................................... 46Ringer Volume Adjustment .................................................................... 47Alarm Tone Volume Adjustment ............................................................ 48Key Touch Tone Volume Adjustment ..................................................... 49Monitor Volume Adjustment ................................................................... 50Power Saver Operation .......................................................................... 51Department Code Setting ....................................................................... 53Department Code Maintenance .............................................................. 55Account Codes Setting .......................................................................... 57Line Monitor Default Setting ................................................................... 58Receive Interval Setting Operation ......................................................... 59ECM Default Setting .............................................................................. 60Sort Copy Setting .................................................................................. 61Setting Redial (Interval and Counter) ...................................................... 62Reception Mode Default Setting ............................................................. 63Copy Reduction Setting ......................................................................... 65

BASIC FUNCTIONS ................................................... 66AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALING ................................... 66

Abbreviated Dialer Registration .............................................................. 66One Touch Dialer Registration ............................................................... 72Group Number Registration .................................................................... 78

TRANSMIT CONFIGURATION .............................................. 82Document Specifications ....................................................................... 82Document Loading ................................................................................. 83Scan Resolution Setting......................................................................... 84Contrast Setting ..................................................................................... 85

Page 7: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

5

INT

RO

DU

C-

TIO

NS

ET

UP

BA

SIC

FU

NC

TIO

NS

AD

VA

NC

ED

FU

NC

TIO

NS

US

ER

TE

ST

MO

DE

LIS

TS

AN

DR

EP

OR

TS

TR

OU

BL

E-

SH

OO

TIN

G

Default Setting for Document Mode (Resolution and Contrast) ............... 86

COPYING ............................................................................... 87Paper Size for Copying .......................................................................... 87Copying Procedure ................................................................................. 88

DIALING METHODS .............................................................. 90One Touch Key Dialing .......................................................................... 90Abbreviated Dialing ................................................................................ 91Alphabet Dialing ..................................................................................... 92Keypad Dialing ....................................................................................... 93

TRANSMITTING ..................................................................... 94Memory Transmission ........................................................................... 94

Memory Transmission Procedure ...................................................... 95Direct Transmission ............................................................................... 96

Direct Transmission as Default Setting ............................................. 96Temporary Direct Transmission ........................................................ 98On-hook Transmission (Monitor Speaker Dialing) .............................. 99Off-hook Transmission (Optional Handset Dialing) ............................ 100External Off-hook Transmission(Transmission Using an External Telephone) .................................... 102

Redialing ................................................................................................ 103Automatic Redialing .......................................................................... 103Manual Redialing Direct Transmission .............................................. 103Manual Redialing Jobs in Memory .................................................... 104

RECEIVING ............................................................................ 105Automatic Reception Mode .................................................................... 105FAX/TAD Switching Mode ..................................................................... 105TEL/FAX Auto Switching Mode.............................................................. 106Manual Receiving Mode ......................................................................... 106Selecting the Reception Mode ............................................................... 107Recording Paper Size ............................................................................ 107

TELEPHONE HANDSET OPERATION (Optional) ............... 108On-hook Dialing ..................................................................................... 108Tone Output ........................................................................................... 109Redialing ................................................................................................ 109

COMMUNICATION STATUS ................................................. 110Current Job Status ................................................................................. 110Communication Journal .......................................................................... 110

CANCELLING A COMMUNICATION JOB ............................ 111Cancelling a Direct Transmission ........................................................... 111Cancelling a Job Reservation ................................................................. 111

ADVANCED FUNCTIONS ......................................... 113MULTI-ADDRESS TRANSMISSION (BROADCASTING) .... 113

Group Broadcast Transmission .............................................................. 113Multi-Key Quick Broadcast Transmission .............................................. 114

RELAY TRANSMISSION ....................................................... 116Relay Transmission, Relay-Relay Transmission Overview ..................... 116Relay Transmission Originating Procedure ............................................. 117

POLLING & MAILBOX COMMUNICATIONS ........................ 119Polling & Mailbox Overview ................................................................... 119

Polling Reservation ........................................................................... 119Polling Reception .............................................................................. 119Open Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible) ..................................................... 120

Simple & Security Polling Reservation ................................................... 121Multi Mailbox Polling Reservation .......................................................... 124Simple & Secure Polling ........................................................................ 126Multi-Address Polling ............................................................................. 128

MAILBOX (ITU-T Compatible) ............................................... 130Setting Up a Mailbox .............................................................................. 130Deleting a Mailbox ................................................................................. 132Sending a Document to a Mailbox (Remote Hub) ................................... 134Reserving a Document to a Mailbox (Local Hub) .................................... 136Retrieving (Polling) a Document from a Mailbox (Remote Hub) .............. 138Printing a Document from a Mailbox (Local Hub) .................................... 140Cancelling Documents in a Mailbox (Local Hub) ..................................... 142

ADVANCED TRANSMISSION FUNCTIONS ........................ 144Department Code Access ...................................................................... 144Account Code Entry ............................................................................... 145Chain Dialing .......................................................................................... 146Default Setting for Memory Transmission .............................................. 147Default Setting for Security Transmission .............................................. 148Cover Sheet Registration ....................................................................... 149Setting Recovery Transmission ............................................................. 150TTI (Transmit Terminal ID) Print ............................................................ 151

Page 8: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

6

Send after Scan Default Setting ............................................................. 153Document Length Setting ....................................................................... 154PIN Mask .............................................................................................. 155

ADVANCED RECEPTION FUNCTIONS............................... 156Secure Reception Access Code Setting ................................................ 156Secure RX Activation Period Setting ..................................................... 158Secure RX Temporary Stop ................................................................... 160Memory Reception Setting ..................................................................... 161Reception-Reduction Setting .................................................................. 162Reception-Discard Setting...................................................................... 163Reverse Order Printing Setting ............................................................... 164Privileged Reception .............................................................................. 165RTI (Remote Terminal ID) Print .............................................................. 166

TRANSMISSION OPTIONS ................................................... 167Security Transmission ........................................................................... 167Disabling ECM Temporarily .................................................................... 168Dialing with Sub-Address ....................................................................... 169Enabling or Disabling Send after Scan Temporarily ................................ 171Attaching or Printing a Cover Sheet ....................................................... 173Delayed Communication (Time Designation) .......................................... 175Priority Transmission ............................................................................. 176Sending Recovery Transmission ............................................................ 177Low Speed Transmission ....................................................................... 179Line Monitor ........................................................................................... 180Setting the Page Count .......................................................................... 181Communication Report Print .................................................................. 182

LISTS AND REPORTS............................................... 183LIST AND REPORT OPTIONS SETTING ............................. 183

Reception Journal Settings .................................................................... 183Direct Transmission Report Setting ........................................................ 185Memory Transmission Report Setting .................................................... 186Multi-Address Report Setting ................................................................. 187Multi-Polling Report Setting .................................................................... 188Relay Originator Report Setting .............................................................. 189Reception List Settings .......................................................................... 190

LIST AND REPORT PRINT FORMAT ANDPRINTING PROCEDURE ...................................................... 191

Transmission/Reception Journal (Communication Journal) ..................... 191Transmission Report .............................................................................. 192Memory Transmission Report ................................................................ 193Reservation List ..................................................................................... 194Multi-Address Transmission Report ....................................................... 195Multi-Polling Report ................................................................................ 196Relay Send Originator Report ................................................................. 197Mailbox Reception Report ...................................................................... 198Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible F-code Communication) List ........................ 199Department Control List ......................................................................... 200Preset Dialing Number Lists ................................................................... 201

All of Lists ........................................................................................ 201Abbreviated Dial Number List ............................................................ 202One Touch Number List .................................................................... 203Group Number List ............................................................................ 204Address Book List ............................................................................ 205Function List ..................................................................................... 206Menu List .......................................................................................... 207

Power Failure List .................................................................................. 208

TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................... 209Error Messages ..................................................................................... 209Paper Jam Error Codes .......................................................................... 211Error Codes Printed on Reports .............................................................. 212Transmission Problems ......................................................................... 213Reception Problems ............................................................................... 214Clearing a Document Jam ...................................................................... 215Clearing a Recording Paper Jam ............................................................ 216When the Recorded Image is not Clear... ............................................... 220

Document Scanner Cleaning Procedure ............................................ 220Recording Unit Cleaning Procedure ................................................... 222

USER TEST MODE .................................................... 223AUTOMATIC TEST MODE .................................................... 223

AUTO TEST .......................................................................................... 223

INDIVIDUAL TEST MODE ..................................................... 224INDIVIDUAL TEST Summary ................................................................ 224ADF TEST ............................................................................................. 225KEY TEST............................................................................................. 227

Page 9: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

7

LED TEST ............................................................................................. 228LCD TEST ............................................................................................. 229SPEAKER TEST ................................................................................... 230SENSOR TEST ..................................................................................... 231PRINT TEST ......................................................................................... 233TONER IC TEST ................................................................................... 234

TEST RESULT ....................................................................... 235PRINTING a TEST RESULT.................................................................. 235

REMOTE SERVICE .................................................... 236AUTOMATIC SUPPLIES ORDER ......................................... 236

Automatic Supplies Order Setting .......................................................... 236

SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................... 237

SUPPLIES ................................................................... 238

HARDWARE OPTIONS ............................................. 238

INDEX .......................................................................... 240

Page 10: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

8

FEATURES

Super G3 High-speed CommunicationsProvides state-of-the-art V.34 modem technology for worldwide compatibility atspeeds up to 33,600 bits per second.

High Resolution, 128 Level HalftoneWith a maximum resolution of 16 dots/mm x 15.4 lines/mm (406 DPI x 391 LPI)and 128 level halftone, precision drawings, small-size characters, photographs,etc. are copied, sent, and received with exceptional clarity.

Open Network Mailbox SystemsYour new Toshiba provides ITU-T F-code communication for Open Mailbox op-eration.

Rapid Scan Document ScanningAllows letter sized originals to be scanned into memory in as little as 3 secondsper page.

38 Programmable One Touch Autodialer KeysAllows remote locations to be quickly dialed at the touch of a key saving timeand eliminating mis-dialed phone numbers.

150 Abbreviated Autodial LocationsIn addition to the 38 One Touch Autodialer Keys, 150 abbreviated locations canalso be programmed with other frequently called locations. These locations canthen be easily accessed using abbreviated codes ranging from 001 to 999.

5 Function KeysFive frequently used functions are assigned to the keys located on the top ofOne Touch Index Panel. These keys allow direct access to frequently usedfunction settings and operations.

Multi-address (Broadcast Transmission)This feature allows the transmission of a document to multiple remote units withone operation sequence. Locations may be selected using the autodialer or in-frequently dialed locations that have not been preregistered.

Multi-Memory Access OperationAllows up to 4 operations such as transmission or reception, printing, scanning,and programming to be performed at the same time.

Super Energy Saver ModeReduces power consumption to approx. 2W by turning all unnecessary functionsoff in the standby mode.

Substitute Memory ReceptionWhen the recording paper or supplies have been depleted or in the event of arecording paper jam, your receptions will be safely stored in memory until theproblem is corrected.

Memory ReleaseMinimizes the potential for memory overflows when connected with a remote lo-cation. After each page has been successfully transmitted it is released frommemory to make room for subsequent pages.

TOSHIBA ViewerInstalling the TOSHIBA Viewer software that comes with the machine enablesfollowing functions (refer to “OPERATOR‘S MANUAL FOR TOSHIBA Viewer”).

• 600 dpi plain paper laser printerPC print jobs are printed on plain paper at a crisp 600 dpi print resolution.

• Setting and programming the machine from a PCYou can set up and program the machine from a PC.

• PC Scanner functionThe machine can be used as a TWAIN compatible B/W image scanner (16dots/mm x 15.4 dots/mm max.).

User Test ModeThe user test mode can help you to find the cause of a machine problem shoulda failure occur.

Auto Supply Order FunctionThis function allows the machine to order supplies (Drum Unit and Toner Car-tridge) automatically.

Page 11: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

9

Do not Place the Unit in the Following EnvironmentsDo not place this facsimile unit in the environments described below.

• Where temperature is excessively high, excessively low, or the humidity is toohigh. This facsimile unit should be operated in the following condition.Temperature : 10 to 33°C (50 to 91°F)Humidity : 20 to 80%RH (with no condensation)

• Where water or any chemicals may come in contact with the unit.

• Where dust, dirt, metal filings, or hazardous gases may exist.

• Near equipment with strong magnetic fields, such as a radio’s, TV’s, audioamplifier’s, speaker’s, or other electric appliances.

• Where condensation may easily result, i.e., an environment subject to suddentemperature changes, such as places close to an air-conditioner or heater.

• Where vibrations frequently occur. (Provide a space of 4 inches or more be-tween the rear side of the unit and the wall.)

About Power for the Unit• This unit requires 110 V AC, 50/60Hz electric power. This unit should not be

used in countries that do not conform to these domestic power provisions.

• Insert the power cord plug firmly to the wall outlet, then insert the other end ofthe cord into the receptacle on the machine. If it is not firmly connected, the unitwill not operate normally. When unplugging the unit, grasp by the plug and notthe cord.

• Do not share one outlet with too many electric appliances. This may create a firehazard.

• When the possibility of lightning arises, unplug the power cord from the wall out-let. Also, unplug the phone cord from the facsimile unit. This prevents possibledamage from lightning striking power or phone lines.

• Avoid sharing the electrical wall outlet with other equipment that may causepower surges (air-conditioners, large copiers, etc.). Power surges may cause theunit to malfunction.

• Do not step on the power cord, and do not place anything on it.

Other Remarks• Do not disassemble or modify the facsimile unit. This may result in electric

shock, hazard or machine malfunction.

• Keep fire sources away from the facsimile unit. This may create a fire hazard.

• Keep paper clips and staples away from the unit. If metal objects fall in the unit,they may damage the machine.

• Avoid opening the unit while it is scanning or printing. The operation will stop andit may cause a malfunction and/or damage.

• Do not drop, hit, or apply excessive shocks to the unit, as this may result indamage to the unit.

• When using international or discount communications services, communicationreliability may be impaired.

• Use of non authorized parts or supplies may result in damage to the unit andcould result in termination of the service or warranty agreement.

• If any abnormal conditions occur, such as emitting of smoke or burning odor,immediately disconnect power to the unit and contact your authorized Toshibadealer for service.

When a Power Failure Occurs• In the event of a power failure, neither facsimile nor telephone functions of the

unit are available.

• In the event a power failure occurs (or the power to the unit has been discon-nected), functions and unit operation will not be possible. Any document datastored in memory will be retained for a period of approximately 30 minutes (if theinternal battery is fully charged). On exceeding that time limit, the followingitems will be erased:

• Document data stored in memory for Transmission, Substitute Memory Re-ceptions, etc.

• The address and designated time of each Timer Transmission, Timer PollingReception, etc.

• Programmed data such as the clock, Auto Dial Numbers and user configurationswill not be erased. This data is supported by second battery with a maximumfive year life (from time of manufacture).

• In the event that document data has been eraseddue to a power failure, the message “POWERFAILURE” is displayed on the LCD as shown tothe right and a Power Failure Report is issuedonce the power is restored (see page 208).

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99%POWER FAILURE

Page 12: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

10

Front View

Document Exit Tray

Stacks the originaldocuments after scanning.

Document Exit Tray Extension

Supports long original documentsafter scanning. (See page 83.)

Recording Paper Exit Tray

Stacks recording paper afterprinting.

Recording Paper Tray

Holds up to 250 sheets ofrecording paper.(See page 21.)

Document Support

Place documents face down onthis tray to transmit or copy.(See page 83.)

Operation Panel Release Position

Provides access to the documentscanner area for periodical cleaning orclearing jammed originals. Grasp thecenter of the Control Panel and pullforward to open. (See page 215.)

Document Guides

Adjust the guides to the edges ofthe document to help ensureproper document alignment andsmooth feeding. (See page 83.)

Operation Panel

Used to perform programmingand operation of the facsimilemachine. (See page 13.)

INTRODUCTION - FACSIMILE UNIT DESCRIPTIONS

Document Support Extension

Supports long original documentsto transmit or copy.

Recording PaperExit Tray Extension

Supports long recordingpaper after printing.

Bypass Tray

Load a sheet of recordingpaper. (See page 24.)

Page 13: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

11

Rear View

Handset Connector

Connection for the optionalHandset unit. (See page 18.)

Line Connector

Connection for the telephoneline cord from wall or PSTNsystem. (See page 18.)

External TelephoneConnector

Connection for an ExternalTelephone set.(See page 18.)

AC Inlet

USB Interface

This interface is used for connectionto personal computers for Scanning,Printing and programming varioussettings from PC.

Optional Handset

Incoming Volume Control Switch

This switch is used to adjust thevoice volume of incoming calls.LOW (Standard) / HIGH (High)

Page 14: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

12

When the Optional Recording Paper Tray is Installed

With the Optional Recording Paper Tray Installed

Lower RecordingPaper Tray (Optional)

Upper RecordingPaper Tray

Page 15: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

13

- OPERATION PANEL

1. One Touch KeysAllows remote locations to be dialed at the touch of a button (see page 90).

2. ONLINE LampBlinks when communicating between the facsimile unit and a personal com-puter.

3. BUSY LampIlluminated when communicating using the phone line.

4. ALARM LampIlluminated when any error occurs (see page 209).

5. LCD DisplayDisplay machine status and configuration information for operator viewing andinteraction.

6. INSERT KeyThis key is used to insert characters in CHARACTER ENTRY mode (see page37).

7. DELETE KeyThis key is used to delete characters in CHARACTER ENTRY mode (see page37).

8. MULTI/CHARGE CODE KeyPerforms Multi-address Transmissions (Broadcast) or Multi-polling receptions(see page 114). This key is also used to input the charge code (see page 155).

9. SPEED DIAL/ALPHA KeyUsed for accessing Abbreviated, Alphabet, or Group dialing telephone directories(see pages 91 and 92).

Page 16: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

14

10.REDIAL/PAUSE KeyPress this key to redial a facsimile/telephone number if the number was busy onyour first try (see page 109). Or, use this key to enter a pause between tele-phone digits when entering a remote facsimile number.

11.MONITOR KeyUsed to enable the speaker monitor, for monitoring call progress during nonmemory document feeder transmissions (see page 99).

12.SHIFT KeyPress this key prior to selecting One Touch keys No.20 to No.38.

13.JOB STATUS KeyDisplays the communication status of reserved transmissions (see page 110).

14.CONTRAST Key and DARKER, LIGHTER LampsSelect the desired contrast level of transmit document or copying. When normalmode is selected, none of the CONTRAST lamps will be illuminate (see page85).

15.ENTER KeyPress this key to enter a selected menu item or select a menu entry.

16.Menu Keys (MENU

, , , Keys)

These keys are used to scroll through LCD menu prompts (see page 36).

17.MODE Key and FINE, U-FINE, HALFTONE LampsSelect the desired resolution for transmission or copying. When Standard modeis selected, none of the MODE lamps will be illuminated (see page 84).

18.JOB CANCEL KeyUsed to cancel a job reserved or being performed (see page 111).

19.Dial KeypadUse these 12 keys just like a telephone keypad to dial telephone/facsimile num-bers (see page 36).

The dial keys are also used to enter alphanumeric characters for remote partiesnames, etc. (see page 37).

The is also used as the [TONE] Key. The key is helpful to access

various services requiring touch-tone dialing when you are connected to a Rotaryline (see page 109).

20.SUPER ENERGY SAVER key and SUPER ENERGY SAVER LampPress this key to select the Super Energy Saver Mode.Illuminated when the facsimile is in the Super Energy Save Mode.

21.COPY KeyPress this key, with a document in the Document Support, to copy a document(see page 88).

22.STOP KeyUsed to stop operation or cancel system programming. This key is also used toclear an error condition.

23.START KeyPress this key to start facsimile communication. This key is also used to com-plete programming.

Page 17: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

15

DIRECT SENDAllows transmission direct from the document feeder without scanning the docu-ment to memory first (see page 96).

TX REPORTPress this key to request or disable a Transmission Report for your currenttransmission job.

CHAIN DIALUsed to dial a remote party using Chain Dialing (see page 146).

JOURNALUsed to print communication journals (see page 183).

AUTOUsed to select the reception mode, auto receive, Fax/Tad, Tel/Fax or manual.

Function Keys

Frequently used functions are pre-assigned to five keyson the top of One Touch key panel.

DIRECT SEND TX REPORT CHAIN DIAL JOURNAL AUTO

Page 18: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

16

1 2 98

11

6

7

3 12

10

1354

14

15

SETUP - UNPACKING

Check the carton and report any damage to the deliv-ery service. Save the carton and packing materials forfuture use.

Check the items in the carton with the following pack-ing list. If anything is missing, contact your dealer im-mediately.

Packing List

1. Facsimile .................................................. 1

2. Document Support .................................... 1

3. Recording Paper Exit Tray ........................ 1

4. Document Exit Tray .................................. 1

5. Recording Paper Tray(with Bypass Tray) .................................... 1

6. Toner Cartridge ......................................... 1

7. Drum Unit ................................................. 1

Make Sure All Items are Enclosed2Unpack the Carton1

8. AC Power Cord ......................................... 1

9. Phone Line Cord (Modular Cord) ............... 1

10. Quick Reference Guide ............................. 1

11. Warranty Card ........................................... 1

12. Quick Start Guide ..................................... 1

13. Overlay ..................................................... 1

14. User Documentation CD-ROM .................. 1

15. TOSHIBA Viewer CD-ROM ....................... 1

Page 19: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

17

The unit should be installed:

• On a horizontal surface.

• Away from direct sunlight, dust, extreme heat and humidity, and vibration.

• Away from sources of strong electrical or magnetic fields, such as televisions orradios.

• Within reach of an electrical outlet. Use an outlet not shared with equipment thatgenerates electrical noise or consumes large amounts of electricity, such as anair conditioner, or a copier.

• Within reach of a telephone connection. Use a dedicated, single-line telephoneconnection.

• Allow for adequate ventilation. The rear and sides of the unit need to be clear toallow proper air flow to the unit’s power supply.

WARNING • After a suitable place has been selected for the installation ofthe e-STUDIO, please do not change it. Avoid excessiveheat, dust, vibration and direct sunlight. Also, provide properventilation as the facsimile emits a small amount of ozone.

• The socket outlet should be installed near the equipment andbe easily accessible. Pull out the plug from the outlet morethan once a year to clean around the prongs. Accumulatingdust and dirt could cause a fire due to the heat released byelectric leakage.

• Be sure to fix the power cable securely so that no one tripsover it.

NOTE:Be sure to hold the e-STUDIO170F by 2 placewith both hands as shown in the illustration onthe right.

Select a Desirable Location3

Page 20: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

18

Make sure that the Power Switch is turned OFF.Plug in the power cord as in the figure below.

WARNING

• Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.

• Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations.

• Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface.

• Use caution when installing or modifying the telephone lines.

• Avoid using a telephone (other than a cordless type) during an electric storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shockfrom lightning.

• Do not use the telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.

- FACSIMILE MACHINE INSTALLATION

Connect the telephone line cord (modular cord) to the “LINE” connector.Connect the external telephone set (if desired) to the “TEL” connector.Connect the optional Handset (if equipped) to the “HANDSET” connector.

Power Cord

Power Switch

OFF

Connecting Your TOSHIBA Facsimile

Page 21: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

19

Fit the tabs of the DocumentSupport into the slots on thetop side of the unit.

• Do not place heavy objectson the Document Support orapply strong force.

NOTE:It may be necessary to gen-tly bow the base of the sup-port toward you as youplace the support into posi-tion.

Document Support

Document SupportInstallation

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTE:Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

Open the Front Cover

Fit the tabs of the RecordingPaper Exit Tray onto the postson the back side of the unit.

• Do not place heavy objectson the Recording Paper ExitTray or apply strong force.

Recording Paper Exit Tray

Recording Paper ExitTray Installation

Document Exit Tray

Fit the tabs of the DocumentExit Tray into the slots on thefront side of the unit.

• Do not place heavy objectson the Document Exit Trayor apply strong force.

• Extend the Document ExitTray Extension for longdocuments.

Document Exit TrayInstallation

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to attach securely.

Close the Front Cover

Page 22: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

20

Bypass Tray

Place the Bypass Tray on theRecording Paper Tray.

• Do not place heavy objectson the Bypass Tray or applystrong force.

Place the hooks of the Record-ing Paper Tray into the guideson the front side of the unit andpress into position.

• Do not place heavy objectson the Recording PaperTray or apply strong force.

Recording Paper TrayInstallation

Bypass Tray Installation

Recording Paper Tray

Page 23: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

21

Remove the Bypass Tray fromRecording Paper Tray.

Pull down the front plate of theRecording Paper Tray, andthen fully extend the PaperGuide with the hook on theright.

About Recording Paper:

• Use only recommended pa-per brands to optimize yourfacsimile performance. Con-tact your authorized TOSHI-BA dealer for more informa-tion.

• Remove the recording paperwhen storing or relocatingyour facsimile.

• Avoid using damaged,folded or misaligned record-ing paper. Use of damagedpaper could cause doublefeeding or paper jamming.

• Use of damp recording pa-per will cause poor printingover all or part of the imagearea. If the paper is exces-sively moist, print qualitymay become uneven andvoiding may occur. Re-place the paper, should thiscondition exist.

• Do not add paper on top ofthe paper already in the ma-chine. If you wish to addpaper, first remove the ex-isting paper. Then stack theexisting paper with the newpaper before inserting intothe machine.

- INITIAL PRINTING SUPPLIES INSTALLATION

Open the PaperGuides

2Remove the BypassTray

1

Recording Paper Installation (Recording Paper Tray)About Paper Sizes:

• Your TOSHIBA facsimilehas been preset to acceptletter size recording paper.In the event that you re-ceive a legal-size (8.5”x14”)reception, it will automati-cally be reduced to fit ontoletter-size (8.5”x11”) paper.

• If you receive only legal-size receptions and donot wish them to be auto-matically reduced: Loadthe legal-size paper in thetray.

• If you receive a mixture ofletter and legal-size recep-tions, and you do notwish your legal recep-tions to be automaticallyreduced:Add an optional recordingpaper tray to support bothletter and legal-size paper.With the second recordingpaper tray, your TOSHIBAfacsimile will automaticallyselect the appropriate papersize to match the pagesyou receive.

Prepare new recording papersheets by holding both endsand flexing several times.

This will separate the sheetsand provide optimum feeding.

Align the stack so that all fourcorners are neatly aligned.

Be sure to load the recordingpaper in accordance with anypaper manufacturer’s printingside instruction. Some papershave a preferred image side.This image side should beplaced face up in the Record-ing Paper Tray.

Prepare RecordingPaper Sheets

3

Page 24: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

22

Place the recording paperstack into the tray.

NOTES:• Do not exceed the upper

stack limit line as this maycause paper mis-feeds.

• Do not add paper on top ofthe paper already in the ma-chine.

Adjust the Paper Guides to fitthe size of the Recording Pa-per.

Push up the front plate of theRecording Paper Tray to closeit.

Install theRecording Paper

4

Replace the Bypass Tray.

CAUTION:Do not place heavy objectson the Document Exit Trayor apply strong force.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

The menu below displays:

Display the PaperSize Menu

7

Recording Paper Installation (Recording Paper Tray) - continued

NOTE:If you install legal size pa-per but fail to select “3.LG”at this point, the machinewill think letter size paper isinstalled. False “Paper Jam”failures will occur when thelegal size paper is fed intothe printer.

Adjust the PaperGuides

5 Replace the BypassTray

6 Select the PaperSize

8

Select the paper size of theRecording Paper Tray.

To select letter size, press:

To select A4 size, press:

To select legal size, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.3.LG

2.A4

PAPER SIZE (TRAY 1)1.LT

COMPLETED

Page 25: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

23

Return to theStandby Mode

9

Press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

Recording Paper Installation (Recording Paper Tray) - continued

Page 26: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

24

Open the Paper Guides.

Open the PaperGuides

1

Recording Paper Installation (Bypass Tray)

Insert a one sheet of paper onthe Bypass Tray.

CAUTION:Do not insert more than onesheet of paper on the By-pass Tray.It will cause a paper jam.

Adjust the PaperGuides

3Insert the RecordingPaper

2

Adjust the Paper Guides sothat both sides of the paper aresecure.

NOTE:The single sheet of paper in the Bypass Tray will be fed in-stead of the paper in the Recording Paper Tray. If the machineis equipped with the optional Lower Paper Tray, the singlesheet in the Bypass Tray will feed only when the Upper PaperTray is selected.

Page 27: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

25

Remove the Optional Record-ing Paper Tray.

Remove the Optional TrayCover.

Remove theOptional Tray Cover

2

Prepare new recording papersheets by holding both endsand flexing several times.

This will separate the sheetsand provide optimum feeding.

Align the stack so that all fourcorners are neatly aligned.

Be sure to load the recordingpaper in accordance with anypaper manufacturer’s printingside instruction. Some papershave a preferred image side.This image side should beplaced face up in the RecordingPaper Tray.

NOTE:There are two types of theOptional Recording PaperTray, one for A4-size paperand another for letter-sizepaper. Use the Tray meet-ing your paper size.

Prepare RecordingPaper Sheets

4

Press the Paper Pressure Platedown until it clicks.

Place the recording paperstack into the tray.

NOTES:• Do not exceed the upper

stack limit line as this maycause paper misfeeds.

• Make sure that the paper isseated under the two sepa-ration claws on the backside of tray.

• Be careful not to damagethe claws of the RecordingPaper Tray.

• Do not add paper on top ofthe paper already in the ma-chine.

Press Down thePaper Pressure Plate

3 Install the RecordingPaper

5Remove the OptionalRecording PaperTray

1

Recording Paper Installation (Optional Recording Paper Tray)

Page 28: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

26

Replace the Optional PaperTray Cover.

Insert the Optional RecordingPaper Tray all the way into themachine.

NOTE:As the tray is inserted, lis-ten for the sound of the pa-per pressure plate movingup into position.

Recording Paper Installation (Optional Recording Paper Tray) - continued

Replace the OptionalTray Cover

6 Insert the OptionalRecording Paper Tray

7

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

The menu below displays:

Display the PaperSize Menu

8

Select the paper size of theRecording Paper Tray.

To select letter size, press:

To select A4 size, press:

To select legal size, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Select the Paper Sizeof the RecordingPaper Tray

9

Select the paper size of theOptional Recording Paper Tray.

To select the letter size, press:

To select the A4 size, press:

Select the Paper Sizeof the OptionalRecording Paper Tray

10

3.LG

2.A4

PAPER SIZE (TRAY 1)1.LT

2.A4

PAPER SIZE (TRAY 2)1.LT

COMPLETED

Page 29: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

27

Return to theStandby Mode

11

Press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

Recording Paper Installation (Optional Recording Paper Tray) - continued

Page 30: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

28

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTE:Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

NOTE:Do not touch the Develop-ment Roller of the TonerCartridge. The image qualitycould be degraded.

Open the FrontCover

1

Drum Unit and Toner Cartridge Installation

Mix the Toner by shaking theToner Cartridge back and forth.

NOTE:Avoid touching the toner toyour clothing since tonercannot be removed easily.If the toner sticks to yourclothing, immediately rinseout the toner with cold wa-ter.

Prepare a TonerCartridge

2

Match the colored parts in thelower area of the Drum Unitwith the same colored parts inthe lower area of the Toner Car-tridge.

NOTES:• Keep the Toner Cartridge

level with the Drum Unitwhen they are detached.

• Do not touch the PC Drumunder the lid of the DrumUnit. The image qualitycould be degraded.

• Do not touch the metal areaof the Toner Cartridge. Itcould be damaged due toelectrostatic interference.

Attach the TonerCartridge to theDrum Unit

4IMPORTANT:

When you use a toner cartridgeof our recommendation, thefacsimile machine can detectwhether or not the cartridge isinserted in the machine andalert the user when the amountof toner is low or needs replac-ing. As the facsimile machinedoes not start printing when thetoner is not inserted or whenthe amount of toner is insuffi-cient, loss of received data canbe prevented. If a toner car-tridge other than that of our rec-ommendation is used, the ma-chine may not be able to detectwhether the toner cartridge hasbeen inserted or if the toneramount is sufficient, and print-ing is not possible using thedefault setting.

If you want to use a toner car-tridge other than that of our rec-ommendation, please informour service center. The servicecenter will change the machinesetting to cancel the detectionfunction. Please note, however,that when the setting is sochanged, the machine will startprinting even if a toner cartridgeis not inserted or the toneramount is insufficient. Conse-quently, the printout may notbe satisfactory and the re-ceived data may be lost.

Remove the protectivecover from the TonerCartridge

3

Page 31: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

29

Drum Unit and Toner Cartridge Installation - continued

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to attach securely.

Close the FrontCover

6

Install the Process Unit alongthe Guide in the machine.Make sure the Process Unit isinserted inside the machine asfar as it will go.

NOTE:Pressing in the ProcessUnit forcibly could damagethe machine.

CAUTION:Hold the Process Unit bythe green handle.

Install the ProcessUnit

5

Page 32: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

30

Toner Cartridge ReplacementReplacement Toner Kits for your TOSHIBA facsimile include aToner Cartridge.

Your TOSHIBA facsimile has been designed to display a twostage alert to replace Toner once it has been depleted.

The first stage is a “TONER LOW” warning that alerts you that theToner is low and should be replaced at your earliest convenience.

The unit will continue to receive and print facsimile messages dur-ing this stage.

The second stage is a “TONER EMPTY” notice. When this mes-sage is displayed, the machine can no longer print documents.Receptions will be stored in memory until the Toner has been re-placed.

It is recommended to replace the Toner Cartridge whenever the“TONER LOW” message is displayed using the following proce-dure.

IMPORTANT:

When you use a toner cartridge of our recommendation, the fac-simile machine can detect whether or not the cartridge is insertedin the machine and alert the user when the amount of toner is lowor needs replacing. As the facsimile machine does not start print-ing when the toner is not inserted or when the amount of toner isinsufficient, loss of received data can be prevented. If a toner car-tridge other than that of our recommendation is used, the machinemay not be able to detect whether the toner cartridge has beeninserted or if the toner amount is sufficient, and printing is not pos-sible using the default setting.

If you want to use a toner cartridge other than that of our recom-mendation, please inform our service center. The service centerwill change the machine setting to cancel the detection function.Please note, however, that when the setting is so changed, themachine will start printing even if a toner cartridge is not insertedor the toner amount is insufficient. Consequently, the printout maynot be satisfactory and the received data may be lost.

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTE:Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

Lift up and holding the greenhandle, gently pull out the Pro-cess Unit.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

- PRINTING SUPPLIES REPLACEMENT

Open the FrontCover

1 Remove the ProcessUnit

2

Move the lever of the TonerCartridge in the direction of thearrow to detach it from theDrum Unit.

NOTES:• Keep the Toner Cartridge

level with the Drum Unitwhen they are detached.

• Do not touch the PC Drumunder the lid of the DrumUnit. The image qualitycould be degraded.

• Do not touch the metal areaof the Toner Cartridge. Itcould be damaged due toelectrostatic interference.

Detach the TonerCartridge from theDrum Unit

3

Page 33: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

31

Toner Cartridge Replacement - continued

Install the Process Unit alongthe Guide in the machine.Make sure the Process Unit isinserted inside the machine asfar as it will go.

NOTE:Pressing in the ProcessUnit forcibly could damagethe machine.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

Close the FrontCover

8

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to attach securely.

Take out the new Toner Car-tridge from its shipping carton.Mix the Toner by shaking thenew Toner Cartridge back andforth.

NOTE:Avoid touching the toner toyour clothing since tonercannot be removed easily.If the toner sticks to yourclothing, immediately rinseout the toner with cold wa-ter.

Prepare a NewToner Cartridge

4

NOTE:Do not touch the Develop-ment Roller of the TonerCartridge. The image qualitycould be degraded.

NOTE:Match the colored parts inthe lower area of the DrumUnit with the same coloredparts in the lower area of thenew Toner Cartridge.

Remove the protec-tive cover from theToner Cartridge

5 Attach the newToner Cartridge tothe Drum Unit

6 Install the NewToner Cartridge andDrum Unit

7

Page 34: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

32

Drum Unit ReplacementReplacement Drum Kits foryour TOSHIBA facsimile in-clude a Drum Unit.

Your TOSHIBA facsimile hasbeen designed to display a two-stage alert to replace the DrumUnit once it has been depleted.

The first stage is a “DRUMUNIT WARNING” notice. Thismessage is displayed when theremaining drum life reaches4,000 sheets. When this mes-sage is displayed, we recom-mend ordering and replacingthe drum at your convenience.(If “auto supply order” (page236) is set, you don’t need toorder a replacement drum.) Theunit will continue to receive andprint facsimile messages dur-ing this stage.

The second stage is the “RE-PLACE DRUM UNIT” notice.When this message is dis-played, the machine can nolonger print documents. Recep-tions will be stored in memoryuntil the Drum Unit has beenreplaced.

For the purpose of determiningDrum usage;

Each legal-size sheet of papercounts as 1.3 letter-size sheetsof paper.

Lift up and holding the greenhandle, gently pull out the Pro-cess Unit.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTE:Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

Open the FrontCover

1 Remove the ProcessUnit

2 Detach the TonerCartridge from theDrum Unit

3

Move the lever of the TonerCartridge in the direction of thearrow to detach it from theDrum Unit.

NOTES:• Keep the Toner Cartridge

level with the Drum Unitwhen they are detached.

• Do not touch the PC Drumunder the lid of the DrumUnit. The image qualitycould be degraded.

• Do not touch the metal areaof the Toner Cartridge. Itcould be damaged due toelectrostatic interference.

STORAGE NOTES:

The Drum Unit is a very im-portant part of this facsimile.Handle it with care as shownbelow.

Keep the Drum Unit within atemperature range of 0-35°C(32-95°F) and a humidityrange of 20-80%RH (withoutcondensation).

Do not store or use the DrumUnit in an environment wherethe temperature changes ex-cessively.

Do not touch the light sensi-tive drum because its sur-face will be easily damaged.

Do not place the light sensi-tive drum in a location whereit is exposed to direct sun-light or high intensity light(more than 200 lx) such asnear a window.

Page 35: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

33

Take the new Drum Unit fromits shipping carton.Match the colored parts in thelower area of the new DrumUnit with the same coloredparts in the lower area of theToner Cartridge.

Attach the newDrum Unit to theToner Cartridge

4

Install the Process Unit alongthe Guide in the machine.Make sure the Process Unit isinside the machine as far as itwill go.

NOTE:Pressing in the ProcessUnit forcibly could damagethe machine.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to attach securely.

Close the FrontCover

6

Perform the following procedureto reset the Drum Unit counterafter you replace the DrumUnit.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Reset the DrumCounter

7

Drum Unit Replacement - continued

NOTE:Keep in mind that the drumwarning does not disappearunless this operation is per-formed.

Install the TonerCartridge and NewDrum Unit

5

Press:

Press:

Return to display the SETUPmenu screen.

NOTE:You must reset the drumcounter when you replacethe Drum Unit.Never perform this operationon any other occasion.

RESET DRUM COUNTARE YOU SURE ?

Reset the DrumCounter - continued

8

Displayed for 2 seconds

1.YES

RESET DRUM COUNT2.NO

COMPLETED

Page 36: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

34

Drum Unit Replacement - continued

Return to theStandby Mode

9

Press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

Page 37: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

35

This section provides severalquick start programming stepsto prepare your new facsimilefor immediate use.

These procedures are a simpleversion of the detailed proce-dures listed in the manual.Next to each procedure head-ing is a convenient page num-ber reference for the detailedprocedure. Should you haveany difficulty with these simpleprocedures, refer to the pageslisted for more information.

It is highly recommended thatyou take the time to readthrough this manual to get themost from your new TOSHIBAfacsimile.

- QUICK START

Press: MENU

, ,

Enter your user ID (companyname) using the Dial Keypad,press:

If you communicate internation-ally, select:

Otherwise, select:

Enter your facsimile’s tele-phone number, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Press:STOP

Terminal ID

Setting the Terminal ID (Page 43)1

Your TOSHIBA facsimile hasbeen preset from the factory toreceive facsimile messages.No special setup is required toreceive facsimile messages.

Load your document face downinto the Document Support.

Dial the remote facsimile usingthe Dial Keypad located on theOperation Panel. Remember toinclude any access numbers

such as 9 or press the REDIAL

PAUSE

af-

ter the access number if younormally have to wait for a dialtone.

After the remote facsimilenumber has been entered intothe keypad, press the greenSTART key.

START

Transmitting Receiving

Sending a Facsimile(Page 94)

2 Receiving aFacsimile (Page 105)

3

NAME (40MAX)[ ]

2.NO

INT. CODE ?1.YES

FAX NUMBER (20MAX)[ ]

COMPLETED

INITIAL SETUP3.TERMINAL ID

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 38: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

36

- USER INTERFACE OPERATION

Menu OperationVarious functions of this fac-simile can be used by selectingmenu items displayed in theLCD window. Performing opera-tions or settings by selectingmenu items is called “MenuOperation.” The menus use amulti-layered structure.

Starting Menu Operation:When the facsimile is in the

Standby Mode, press MENU

to start Menu Operation.(In the Standby Mode, the dis-play shows the date, time andresidual memory % on the firstrow and the receive mode onthe second row as shown be-low.

Keys Used in Menu Operation

[ ] Key

Press this key to enter the Menu Operation or to scroll up the menu selections.

[ ] Key

Press this key to scroll down the menu selections.

[ ] Key

Press this key to display the preceding menu screen or to move the cursor to the left.

[ ] Key

Press this key to display the sub-menu screen or to move the cursor to the right.

[ENTER] Key or [START] Key

When the displayed item has sub-items, pressing this key operates the same as the [ ]Key.When the displayed item is the end item, press this key to complete the item selection.

Dial Keypad [1] to [0] Keys

Used to enter desired information or to select options.

[STOP] Key

Used to exit the Menu Operation and return to the Standby Mode.

Completing or CancelingMenu Operation:When you have reached theend of a programming step orwish to cancel a programming

procedure, press STOP

to re-

turn to the Standby Mode.

MENU

or

MENU

START

STOP

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 39: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

37

Character EntryWhen programming and regis-tering the Autodialer numbersor names, you will need to en-ter alphanumeric characters.

This section helps you under-stand how to easily enter thesecharacters.

Keys Used in Character Entry

[INSERT] Key

Inserts characters before the selected(underlined) character.

[DELETE] Key

Deletes the selected (underlined) charac-ter.

[ ] Key

Moves the cursor to the right. If pressedwithout entering a character, it inserts aspace.

[ ] Key

Moves the cursor to the left.

The dial keypad is used to enter alpha-numeric characters. Both U.S. and Foreignalphanumeric characters may be selectedwith each Numeric Key. The U.S. charactersare listed for your convenience above eachkey. By pressing the Numeric Key multipletimes, you can scroll through all charactersassigned to a particular key (see tablebelow).

Entry Procedure

An example to enter “NEWYORK”:

Press twice to display “N.” Note that “M” was dis-

played on the first press followed by “N” on the second.

NOTE: If the next character is located on the same key

as the preceding character, press the key tomove the cursor to the next position. Otherwisepress the next desired key and the cursor willautomatically move to the right.

Press 2 times forE.

Press 1 time for W.

Press 2 times to

insert a blank space.

Press 3 times for Y.

Press 3 times for O.

Press 2 times for K.

Press 3 times for R.

INSERT

DELETE

NAME (20 MAX)[ ]

NAME (20 MAX)[N ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW Y ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NE ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YO ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YOR ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YORK ]

Page 40: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

38

Character Entry - continued

Character Correction

Replacing Characters

Using / , position the cursor under the char-

acter to be corrected.

Input the correct character (“R” in this example) by

pressing 3 times. Press to save your

change.

Deleting Characters

Using / , position the cursor under the char-

acter to be deleted.

Delete the character by pressing DELETE

. Press to

save your change.

Inserting Characters

Using / , position the cursor under the point

of insertion and press INSERT

.

The message “[ I ]” is displayed on the right end ofthe second row.

Enter the desired character(s) (“O” in this example).The character(s) will be inserted without deleting

other characters in the line. Press to save

your change.

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YOPK ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YORK ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEEW YORK ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YORK ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YRK ]

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YRK ]I

NAME (20 MAX)[NEW YORK ]I

Page 41: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

39

Initial Setting SummaryThis facsimile has several userinitial settings.

For your convenience, a quickreference summary of all userinitial settings is shown on theright.

Each of these initial settings isdiscussed in detail throughoutthe remainder of this section.

Use the following proceduresto access one or more of theseinitial settings.

Press MENU

. The initial

Menu Screen displays.

Press MENU

or until the desired Initial Setting is displayed or enter the desired Initial

Setting 1 through 4 from the list below. The detailed initial setting procedure for each setting isshown in parentheses after the initial setting.

1. LANGUAGE - (Page 40) - Selects ENGLISH*, FRANCAIS, DEUTSCH, ITALIANO,NEDERLANDS, SVENSKA, SUOMI, NORSK, DANSK, ESPANOL or PORTUGUES display andprinting.

2. DATE & TIME - (Page 41) - Sets the Month, Day, Year & Time for your machine. You may se-lect to use the 24-hour or the 12-hour format for the time.

3. TERMINAL ID - FCC MANDATORY - (Page 43) - Sets the Terminal ID (Company Name & Fac-simile Number) for your machine.

4. DIAL TYPE - (Page 45) - Configures your machine for use with Touch Tone (MF)* or Rotary Dial(DP) telephone service.

NOTE: * indicates the factory default setting.

- INITIAL SETUP

Press to enter INITIAL

SETUP. The Installation sub-menu displays.

Select the Desired Initial Setting (1-4)2Enter theConfiguration Menu

1

MENU1.FAX FEATURES

4.DIAL TYPE

3.TERMINAL ID

2.DATE & TIME

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

Page 42: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

40

Language SelectionYou can select the languageused on the LCD display andall reports printed by your fac-simile. English, Francais,Deutsch, Italiano, Nederlands,Svenska, Suomi, Norsk,Dansk, Espanol and Portuguesare available.

To display the SETUP menu,press:

MENU

+

Select the desired language.

+

(for ENGLISH)

+

(for FRANCAIS)

+

(for DEUTSCH)

+

(for ITALIANO)

+

(for NEDERLANDS)

+

(for SVENSKA)

+

(for SUOMI)

+

(for NORSK)

+

(for DANSK)

+

(for ESPANOL)

Display

Display theLANGUAGE Menu

1

Returns to display the Standbymenu screen.

Using or MENU

and

press:

or

+

(for PORTUGUES)

Select the Desired Language2

02.FRANCAIS03.DEUTSCH04.ITALIANO05.NEDERLANDS06.SVENSKA07.SUOMI08.NORSK09.DANSK10.ESPANOL11.PORTUGUES

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

LANGUAGE01.ENGLISH

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

COMPLETED

Page 43: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

41

Date and Time SettingThis facsimile displays the cur-rent date and time when in theStandby Mode. It also usesthis time for maintaining inter-nal list and reports. Follow thisprocedure to set the time anddate.

To display the SETUP menu,press:

MENU

+

Display the DATE &TIME Menu

1

Move the cursor to the desiredposition using the followingkeys.

or

Enter the date.

When the correct date is en-tered, press:

Select the date format for dis-play and print.

(for Month/Day/Year 4-digit)

(for Day/Month/Year 4-digit)

(for Year 4-digit/Month/Day)

Enter the Date Data2 Select the DateFormat

3

Display Select the month format.

(for NUMERIC, such as 01, 02,03 ...)

(for NAME, such as JAN,FEB, MAR ...)

Select the MonthFormat

4

Using or MENU

and

press:

or

INITIAL SETUP2.DATE & TIME

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

DATE[01-15-2005]

3.YYYY-MM-DD

2.DD-MM-YYYY

DATE FORMAT1.MM-DD-YYYY

1.NUMERIC

MONTH FORMAT2.NAME

1.24 HOUR

TIME FORMAT2.12 HOUR

Page 44: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

42

Date and Time Setting - continued

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, orpress

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

7

Select the time format.

(for 24-hour format)

Select the TimeFormat

5

Move the cursor to the desiredposition using the followingkeys.

or

Enter the time.

Change the AM/PM designa-tion by pressing the followingkeys. (For 12-hour format)

MENU

or

When the correct time is en-tered, press:

Enter the Time Data6

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

(for 12-hour format) default

TIME[09:43]

TIME[09:43AM]

Page 45: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

43

In compliance with FCC regula-tions (see page 1), this fac-simile places your company’sname, facsimile telephonenumber and date & time on topof all transmitted documents.This feature enables remoteparties to easily identify yourdocuments and time of trans-mission.

To display the SETUP menu,press:

MENU

+

Enter your user ID (companyname) using the Dial Keypad.You can use up to 40 charac-ters.For more information on select-ing characters, see page 35,Character Entry.

When your ID name is dis-played correctly on the LCDdisplay, press:

Your facsimile will prompt youfor your telephone number’sinternational code (country/region).

If you send documents over-seas, adding your InternationalCode to your stored ID namewill enable the remote party toidentify the country/region fromwhich the document has beensent. The 1st digit(s) followingthe “+” sign is for the Interna-tional Code.

If you send or receive docu-ments to and from overseas,press:

If all of your documents aresent domestically, press:

The “+” is displayed when Inter-national Code is selected.

If you selected YES in Step 3,enter the International Codefor your country/region beforeentering your area code andtelephone number.

Example: United States = 1

Then, enter the telephonenumber that has been con-nected to the facsimile.

Check the LCD display tomake sure your telephonenumber appears correctly,then press:

Display

Display theTERMINAL ID Menu

1 Enter the User ID2 Select theInternational Code

3 Enter YourTelephone Number

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Terminal ID Setting

If the terminal ID is alreadyset, the current name is dis-played on the second row.

The new name will be dis-played on the second row as itis entered.

Using or MENU

and

press:

or

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

INITIAL SETUP3.TERMINAL ID

NAME (40MAX)[ ]

NAME (40MAX)[e-STUDIO170F ]

2.NO

INT. CODE ?1.YES

FAX NUMBER (20MAX)[+ ]

COMPLETED

Page 46: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

44

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, orpress

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

5

Terminal ID Setting - continued

Page 47: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

45

Dial Type SettingThere are two types of dialingmodes: DP [Dial Pulse (Ro-tary)] and MF [Multi-Frequency(touch tone)]. If your telephoneemits tones when you are dial-ing, this usually indicates thatyou have a MF type line and noadjustment is required. Other-wise, you will have to selectthe appropriate setting.

To display the SETUP menu,press:

MENU

+

Select your dial line type.

(for Multi-Frequency type)default

(for Dial Pulse type)

After selecting the dial type,the following will be displayed.

PBX Access Digits such as 9,pause, and 1 need to be omit-ted when using chain dialing.If you will not be using the

Chain Dial feature, press

to skip this step.

Otherwise, enter the AccessDigits to be deleted (max. 10digits) using the Dial Keypad.

When the correct Access Digitis displayed, press:

Display After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Display the DIALTYPE Menu

1 Select Your DialType

2 Enter the AccessDigits

3 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

4

Access digits are numberswhich are required by PBX sys-tems to access the phone sys-tem “outside” the PBX. A com-mon access digit is “9.”

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Using or MENU

and

press:

or

INITIAL SETUP4.DIAL TYPE

2.PULSE

DIAL TYPE1.TONE

DELETE ACCESS DIGIT[ ]

COMPLETED

INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE

Page 48: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

46

This facsimile has many useradjustable settings.

Each of these configurationsettings is discussed in detailthroughout the remainder ofthis section.

Use the following procedures toaccess one or more of theseconfiguration settings.

Press MENU

. The initial

Menu Screen displays.

Press or MENU

until the desired Configuration Setting is displayed or enter the desired

Configuration Setting 01 through 11 from the list below. The detailed configuration procedure for eachsetting is shown in parentheses after the configuration setting.

01. SPEAKER VOLUME - (Page 47) - Sets the Bell Ringer, Alarm Tone, Key Touch Tone andMonitor volume (8-1) (5*) for the machine. Adjust the volume by checking the sound made inevery setting.

02. POWER SAVER - (Page 51) - Configures the machine’s Super Energy Saver function for Auto-matic/Manual* or Off operation and Printer Power Saver function for On or Off.

03. DEPARTMENT CODE - (Page 53) - Enables, Disables* and Configures up to 50 DepartmentCodes.

04. ACCOUNT CODE - (Page 57) - Enables or Disables* a 4-digit Account Code entry.

05. LINE MONITOR - (Page 58) - Enables or Disables* a Line Monitor function.

06. RECEIVE INTERVAL - (Page 59) - Sets an interval for the machine to wait (0 - 14 min.) aftermaking four consecutive dialings.

07. ECM - (Page 60) - Enables or Disables* an ECM function.

08. SORT COPY - (Page 61) - Enables or Disables* a Sort Copy function.

09. REDIAL MODE - (Page 62) - Sets the number of redials (0-1) (1*) and redial interval (1min.-15min.) (1*min.).

10. RECEPTION MODE - (Page 63) - Configures FAX*, FAX/TAD, TEL/FAX or Manual receptionmodes.

11. COPY REDUCTION - (Page 65) - Configures the machine’s Copy Reduction function for Auto orOff* operation.

NOTE: * indicates the factory default setting.

- DEVICE CONFIGURATION

Press to enter DEFAULT

SETTINGS. The Default Set-tings sub-menu displays.

Press to enter MACHINE

SETTINGS. The Machine Set-tings sub-menu will now be dis-played.

NOTE: Only 1 selection can bedisplayed at one time.

Configuration Summary

Enter theConfiguration Menu

1 Select the Desired Configuration Setting (01-11)2

MENU1.FAX FEATURES

DEFAULT SETTINGS1.MACHINE SETTINGS

MACHINE SETTINGS01.SPEAKER VOLUME

02.POWER SAVER03.DEPARTMENT CODE04.ACCOUNT CODE05.LINE MONITOR06.RECEIVE INTERVAL07.ECM08.SORT COPY09.REDIAL MODE10.RECEPTION MODE11.COPY REDUCTION

Page 49: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

4747

The bell ringer volume can beadjusted using the followingprocedure.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

+

+

The current setting is displayedon the bottom row.

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other volume settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Enter the desired volume value(1 to 8; 1 for maximum, 7 forminimum, 8 for off).

or

Select the desired volumevalue, using the following keys.

MENU

or

When the desired value is dis-played, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Ringer Volume Adjustment

Display the RINGERVOLUME Menu

1 Enter the DesiredVolume Value

2 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

RINGER VOLUME5.>>> COMPLETED

Page 50: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

48

The alarm tone volume can beadjusted using the followingprocedure.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

+

+

The current setting is displayedon the bottom row.

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other volume settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Enter the desired volume value(1 to 8; 1 for maximum, 7 forminimum, 8 for off).

or

Select the desired volumevalue, using the following keys.

MENU

or

When the desired value is dis-played, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Alarm Tone Volume Adjustment

Display the ALARMVOLUME Menu

1 Enter the DesiredVolume Value

2 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

ALARM VOLUME5.>>> COMPLETED

Page 51: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

4949

The key touch tone volume canbe adjusted using the followingprocedure.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

+

+

The current setting is displayedon the bottom row.

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other volume settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Enter the desired volume value(1 to 8; 1 for maximum, 7 forminimum, 8 for off).

or

Select the desired volumevalue, using the following keys.

MENU

or

When the desired value is dis-played, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Key Touch Tone Volume Adjustment

Display the KEYTOUCH VOLUMEMenu

1 Enter the DesiredVolume Value

2 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

KEY TOUCH VOLUME5.>>>

COMPLETED

Page 52: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

50

The line monitor volume can beadjusted using the followingprocedure.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

+

+

The current setting is displayedon the bottom row.

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other volume settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Enter the desired volume value(1 to 8; 1 for maximum, 7 forminimum, 8 for off).

or

Select the desired volumevalue, using the following keys.

MENU

or

When the desired value is dis-played, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Monitor Volume Adjustment

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Display the MONITORVOLUME Menu

1 Enter the DesiredVolume Value

2 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

MONITOR VOLUME5.>>> COMPLETED

Page 53: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

5151

This function allows you tominimize power consumptionby turning power off to portionsof the machine (as selected).If the Power Saver function isON, a warm up period isneeded before printing occurs.This facsimile has two PowerSaver modes, Super EnergySaver and Printer Power Saver.Super Energy Saver turns virtu-ally all power off to minimizepower consumption. Select oneof three modes, Automatic,Manual or OFF.Printer Power Saver turns onlythe fuser section off during thetime period selected.

NOTES:• When the machine is in the

Super Energy Saver mode,it will exit from the SuperEnergy Saver mode whenany of the following occurs.

- The machine receives afacsimile,

- Option handset or exter-nal telephone handset islifted,

- Document is loaded intothe document tray,

-SUPER ENERGY SAVER

is pressed, or

- PC has accessed themachine.

• Switching to the Super En-ergy Saver Mode is notavailable in the followingcases.

Select the desired Super En-ergy Saver Option.

(to select Automatic mode)

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Power Saver Operation

Go to Step 4.

(to select Manual mode)

In manual mode, you can acti-vate Super Energy Saver usinga key on the Operation Panel.

Go to Step 7.

(to select OFF)

Go to Step 7.

NOTE:If you select OFF, pressing

the SUPER ENERGY SAVER

does not let you

enter the Super EnergySaver Mode.

Select the desired PowerSaver Mode.

+

(to select Super EnergySaver mode)

Go to Step 3.

+

(to select Printer PowerSaver mode)

Display the POWERSAVER Menu

1 Select the PowerSaver Mode

2 Select the SuperEnergy Saver Option

3

Go to Step 5.

- No recording paper,

- Document Jam, Record-ing Paper Jam,

- Cover Open,

- Toner Cartridge not in-stalled,

- Toner Empty,

- Process unit not in-stalled, Process unit life,

- System Error,

- Memory in use,

- Online with PC

02.PRINTER P.S.

POWER SAVER01.SUPER E.S.

1.AUTOMATIC

3.OFF

SUPER E.S.2.MANUAL

2.OFF

PRINTER P.S.1.ON

ENTER TIME(1-60) [ 3]

Page 54: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

52

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Power Saver Operation - continued

Enable or Disable the PrinterPower Saver function.

(to set Printer Power Saver ON)

(to set Printer Power Saver OFF)

If “ON” is selected, the cur-rently set time period is dis-played below. The time on theleft is the Printer Power Saverstart time (or time that theprinter unit will power down).The time on the right is thePrinter Power Saver end time.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

7

(Example if the 12-hour formatoption is selected in DATE &TIME setting)

When “OFF” is selected, the“COMPLETED” message isdisplayed as shown at the bot-tom in Step 6. Returns to SET-UP menu screen.

Select the Printer Power Saver Function5

Move the cursor to the desiredposition, using the followingkeys.

or

Enter the time period.

Change the AM/PM designa-tion if selected by pressing thefollowing keys.

or MENU

When the correct time period isdisplayed, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Enter the Start Timeand End Time

6

(Example if the 24-hour formatoption is selected in DATE &TIME setting)

Enter the time period (in min-utes) for standby operationprior to entering the Super En-ergy Saver mode.

When the correct time period isdisplayed, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Go to Step 7.

Enter the Start TimePeriod

4

Returns to display the setupmenu screen.

ENTER TIME(1-60) [ 3]

COMPLETED

START/STOP TIME[00:00-00:00]

START/STOP TIME[12:00AM-12:00AM]

COMPLETED

Page 55: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

5353

Department Code SettingDepartment Code operation isused to monitor the facsimilesactivity when shared betweenmultiple users or workgroups.

This feature is especially usefulwhen billing departments basedon machine usage.

When Department Code opera-tion is enabled, access to thefacsimile is restricted to 50valid department code pass-words.

Each department code will beassigned a 5-digit departmentcode password. These pass-words must be entered eachtime a user wishes to send afacsimile, make copy, print adepartment journal, etc.

There are two types of Depart-ment Codes, Master and Indi-vidual. The Master Code isused as a supervisor level codeto add, delete and modify Indi-vidual Codes.

The Master Code is also usedto print the Department CodeList and Master Journals thatcontain all machine activity.

The Individual Codes are usedto gain an access to basic ma-chine functions and operations.These Department Codes canbe used to print Journals whichonly show the activity underthat code.

Enable or Disable the Depart-ment Code function.

(for YES-Enable)

(for NO-Disable)

If “YES” is selected, the follow-ing Master Code Name Entryscreen is displayed.

Department Code NBR. 01 isfixed as the Master Depart-ment Code. Enter the MasterDepartment Name. See page37 if you need help selectingcharacters.

When the name is correctlydisplayed on the LCD display,press:

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Go to Step 3.

If “NO” is selected, “COM-PLETED” will be displayed.

Display theDEPARTMENT CODEMenu

1 Enable/Disable the Department Code2 Enter the MasterDepartment Name

3

If Department Code has everbeen set before, the followingscreen is displayed.

To recover previously set De-partment Codes, press:

Go to Step 5.

To set a new Department code,press:

Go to Step 3.

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to the Standby mode.

1.YES

SET DEPT. CODE2.NO

NAME[ ]

COMPLETED

2.NEW

SET DEPT. CODE1.RECOVER SETTING

MASTER CODE[ ]

Page 56: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

54

Department Code Setting - continued

After entering the Master De-partment Code password, thefacsimile will prompt for an In-dividual Department Code ad-dress.Select an Individual Depart-ment Code address from 02 to50.

After selecting the IndividualDepartment Code address,press:

Enter a 5-digit Master Depart-ment Code Password using theDial Keypad. This passwordwill be required to gain supervi-sor access to the machine.

Important: Record the pass-word in a safe location so thatif it is lost or forgotten it can beretrieved.

When the password is correctlyentered, press:

If you want to continue enteringDepartment Codes, repeatSteps 5 through 7.

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other settings refer-ring to their associated pagesfor instructions, or press:

STOP

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Department Codes NBR. 02through 50 are used as Indi-vidual Department Codes. En-ter the Individual DepartmentCode name using the Dial key-pad. See page 37 if you needhelp selecting characters.When the name is correctlydisplayed on the LCD display,press:

Enter a 5-digit DepartmentCode Password using the DialKeypad. This password will berequired to gain user/depart-ment access to the machine.

Important: Record this pass-word in a safe location so thatif it is lost or forgotten it canbe retrieved.

When the password is cor-rectly entered, press:

Enter the MasterDepartment CodePassword

4 Enter the IndividualDepartment CodeAddress

5 Enter the IndividualDepartment CodeName

6 Enter the DepartmentCode Password

7

Displayed for 2 seconds

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

8

DEPT. NUMBER(1-50) [ ]

NAME[ ]

DEPT. CODE[ ]

COMPLETED

DEPT. NUMBER(1-50) [ ]

Page 57: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

5555

Department Code Maintenanceis used to cancel or change theMaster or Individual Depart-ment Code.

This procedure can only be per-formed by a supervisor whopossesses the Master Depart-ment Code Password. Enterthis password before proceed-ing.

Enable or Disable the Depart-ment Code function.

(for YES-Enable)

(for NO-Disable)

NOTE: Disabling DepartmentCodes will delete allinformation related tothe Department Codesstored.

If “NO” is selected, the “COM-PLETED” message will be dis-played, the facsimile returns tothe Standby mode.

If “YES” is selected, the follow-ing Master Code Menu is dis-played.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Select the desired option.

Press:

To delete the previously dis-played Department Code andreturn to the Department CodeAddress Entry menu in Step 4of Department Code Setting.(See page 54.)

To change the previously dis-played Department Code andreturn to Step 5 of DepartmentCode Setting. (See page 54.)

To retain the previously dis-played Department Code with-out modification and return tothe Department Code AddressEntry menu in Step 4 of De-partment Code Setting. (Seepage 54.)

Display theDEPARTMENTCODE Menu

1 Enable/Disable theDepartment Code

2 Select the DesiredOption

4

Select a Master or IndividualDepartment Code address from1 to 50.

After selecting the IndividualDepartment Code address,press:

Enter the Master orIndividual DepartmentCode Address

3

Department Code Maintenance

2.NO

SET DEPT. CODE1.YES

DEPT. NUMBER(1-50) [ ]

2.MODIFY

1.DELETE

DEPT. NUMBER 23.RETAIN

Page 58: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

56

If you wish to continue, repeatSteps 2 and 3.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

5

Department Code Maintenance - continued

Page 59: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

5757

Enable or Disable AccountCodes.

Select ON to enable AccountCode prompting and printing onthe Transmission Journal.

Or, select OFF to disable Ac-count Codes from beingprompted and printed on theTransmission Journal.

This feature provides valuableAccount Code tracking informa-tion for each facsimile trans-mission sent from the unit.

When a facsimile is transmit-ted, the account code numberwill be recorded on the Trans-mission Journal.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Account Codes Setting

Select the Function2 Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3Display theACCOUNT CODEMenu

1

1.ON

ACCOUNT CODE2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 60: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

58

Line Monitor Default SettingThis function is used to set thespeaker ON in order to monitorevery transmission.This function is mainly used toconfirm dialing and phone linestatus.

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Display the LINEMONITOR Menu

1

To turn ON the monitorspeaker, press:

To turn OFF the monitorspeaker, press:

Select the LineMonitor Option

2

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

1.ALWAYS

LINE MONITOR2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 61: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

59

Receive Interval Setting Operation

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Display theRECEIVE INTERVALMenu

1

Enter the interval value (0 to14) in minutes.

Then press:

Enter the ReceiveInterval

2

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3This function insures there willbe a period of time set asidefor receiving incoming facsimi-les during periods of heavy outgoing transmission activity. Af-ter every fourth consecutivetransmission, this machine willwait 0 to 14 minutes to allowincoming facsimiles to be re-ceived (default is 3 minutes).

NOTE:When 0 is set, you cannotreceive documents duringthe consecutive transmis-sion.

INTERVAL TIME(0-14) [ 3]

COMPLETED

Page 62: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

60

ECM (Error Correction Mode) isan internationally-recognizederror correction system. It en-ables error free communica-tions by automatically re-send-ing any portion of the documentaffected by phone line noise ordistortion.

NOTES:• Default ECM setting is

ON.

• Both the sender and thereceiver must have theECM feature to performECM communications.

• This setting cannot bechanged if a documentis stored in memory. Re-sidual memory must be100%.

Press:

MENU

+

+

+

+

Display the SETECM Menu

1

ECM Default Setting

Select the desired ECM option.

To turn ECM to ON, press:

To turn ECM to OFF, press:

Select the ECMOption

2

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

2.OFF

ECM1.ON

COMPLETED

Page 63: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

61

Sort Copy Setting

Press:

MENU

+

+

+

+

When copying documents, the SORT function may be selected.This function will sort multiple page copies into sets of correct-order pages.This setting establishes the default for the Sort Copy function.Sort copy may, also, be set manually at the time the copy opera-tion is performed.

Output Examples of Printed Copies

With SORT Function ON With SORT Function OFF

NOTES:• The pages are automati-

cally sorted.

• Requires enough memoryfor the entire multi-pagedocument. If there is notenough memory (memoryoverflow), the copying pro-cedure will be canceled.

• Collation is slower thannon-collation because theentire document must bescanned into memory first,then printing can occur.

NOTES:• Sorting is the responsibil-

ity of the operator.

• Memory requirements arelimited to one page at atime.

Select the desired option.

To set SORT COPY to ON,press:

To set SORT COPY to OFF,press:

Select the DesiredOption

2

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Display the SORTCOPY Menu

1

Page 3Page 2

Page 1Page 3

Page 2Page 1

Page 3Page 2

Page 1

Page 3

Page 2

Page 1Page 1

Page 1

Page 2Page 2

Page 3Page 3

1.ON

SORT COPY2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 64: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

62

Press:

MENU

+

+

+

+

Enter the interval value (1 to15) in minutes.

Then press:

The following screen is dis-played.

Enter the redial counter value(0 to 1).

Then press:

NOTE:When 0 is set, the Auto-matic Redialing does notfunction.

The following screen is dis-played.

If the destination facsimile youcalled is busy, your facsimilewill automatically redial thenumber up to the number of at-tempts set by this procedure.In addition, your e-STUDIO170F will try to redialevery 1 minute by default. Ifdesired, you may change theseredial settings.

Redial IntervalThe Redial Interval sets thelength of time between redialattempts. The default redial in-terval is 1 minute. You maychange the interval from 1 to15 minutes.

Redial CounterThe Redial Counter sets thenumber of redial attempts. Thedefault setting is 1. You mayselect the number 0 (no redialfunction) or 1 (1 redial).

Setting Redial (Interval and Counter)

Display the REDIALMODE Menu

1 Enter the RedialInterval

2 Enter the RedialCounter

3

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

INTERVAL (MINUTES)(1-15) [ 1]

REDIAL COUNT(0-1) [ 1]

COMPLETED

Page 65: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

63

Press:MENU

+

+

+

+

Select the desired ReceptionMode.

(for AUTO RECEIVE)

If AUTO RECEIVE is selected,the following will be displayed.

Reception Mode Default SettingThe e-STUDIO170F has fourreception modes and the re-ceiving function differs accord-ing to the selected mode.

• AUTO RECEIVE• FAX/TAD• TEL/FAX• MANUAL RECEIVE

AUTO RECEIVE (FAX):If you use the unit as a fac-simile most of the time, youshould select this mode. Whenthe unit receives a call, the unitenters the automatic fax recep-tion mode after the selectedring delay.

FAX/TADThis mode is used togetherwith a TAD (telephone answer-ing device/machine).This mode allows you to re-ceive voice messages and fac-simile receptions even when noone is present in the office.Switching between the voicemessage recording and fac-simile receiving is performedautomatically.

Go to Step 3.

(for FAX/TAD RECEIVE)

Go to Step 4.

(for TEL/FAX RECEIVE)

Go to Step 5.

(for MANUAL RECEIVE)

If MANUAL RECEIVE is se-lected, the following will be dis-played for 2 seconds (continueto Step 6).

Select the Desired Reception Mode2TEL/FAX:This mode is used when theline is used for both facsimileand telephone functions.The facsimile automatically de-termines whether an incomingcall is for facsimile or tele-phone. When the call is fortelephone, the ringer will ringaccording to the value set forthe call time. When the call isfor facsimile, the machine willautomatically start receivingthe document.

MANUAL:This mode is used when thefacsimile is connected to a linethat is primarily used as a(voice) telephone line.Upon receiving a ring-in signal,pick up the handset to talk withthe remote party before startinga facsimile communication.

NOTES:• Manual Reception must

be initiated by an opera-tor. No facsimile receiv-ing operations will bepossible if no one ispresent to initiate the re-ception.

• Only the Reception Modecan be changed using

the AUTO

key; number of

rings and timer settingscannot be changed.

Display the ReceptionMode Menu

1

4.MANUAL

3.TEL/FAX

2.FAX/TAD

RECEPTION MODE1.FAX

RINGS TO ANSWER(1-10) [ 2]

FAX/TAD TIMER(0-99) [45]

TEL/FAX RINGS(1-15) [ 6]

COMPLETED

Page 66: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

64

Enter the desired number ofrings (1 to 10) before the fac-simile will answer the incomingcall in Auto Receive mode.

When the desired ring count isdisplayed on the LCD, press:

Enter the FAX RingDelay

3

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Go to Step 6.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

6

Enter the desired Fax MonitorTime (00 to 99 seconds). Dur-ing this period, the facsimilewill monitor for the automaticfax CNG signal. If detected,the unit will switch to fax re-ception when set for FAX/TADmode.

When the desired Fax monitortime is displayed on the LCD,press:

Enter the FAXMonitor Time

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Go to Step 6.

Enter the desired number ofpseudo rings (1 to 15) beforeswitching to facsimile receptionin TEL/FAX mode.

When the desired ring count isdisplayed on the LCD, press:

Enter the PseudoRing Delay

5

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

Go to Step 6.

Reception Mode Default Setting - continued

COMPLETED

COMPLETED

COMPLETED

Page 67: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

65

Press:

MENU

+

+

+

+

This function allows automaticreduction of the recording im-age when making copies. Thedefault setting is OFF.

NOTES:• If this function is en-

abled, documents long-er than the effectiveprintable area (see page87) will be reduced by95, 90, 86, 83, 80 or73% depending on thedocument length.

• If this function is dis-abled, documents morethan 10 mm longer thanthe effective printablearea will be split ontotwo pages. No imagewill be discarded.

The excess portion of adocument that is lessthan 10 mm longer thanthe effective printablearea will be discarded.

Contact your authorizedTOSHIBA service representa-tive for additional information.

To set Copy Reduction toAUTO, press:

To set Copy Reduction to OFF,press:

Copy Reduction Setting

Display the COPYREDUCTION Menu

1 Select the CopyReduction

2

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

1.AUTO

COPY REDUCTION2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 68: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

66

BASIC FUNCTIONS - AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE DIALING

Abbreviated Dialer RegistrationOnce registered, 38 One Touchand 150 Abbreviated Dial Num-bers will allow you to senddocuments or make telephonecalls to 188 frequently callednumbers without manually dial-ing the entire number.

• Abbreviated Dial NumbersThis machine can store upto 150 16-digit facsimilenumbers and associated 20-character location IDnames. This information isstored into Abbreviated DialNumbers labeled from 001to 999.

• One Touch NumbersSee page 72.

• Alternate NumbersIf one of the primary fac-simile numbers is busy, anda 2nd facsimile is located atthat same remote location,the 2nd facsimile’s tele-phone number can be pro-grammed as an AlternateNumber.

IMPORTANT:The total number of avail-able locations will vary de-pending upon the amount ofinformation stored in eachlocation. Up to 128 digitscan be programmed into aOne Touch or Abbreviatednumber.

Press:MENU

+

To select “ABB. NUMBERS,”press:

Enter an Abbreviated Dial Num-ber from 1 to 999.

Make sure the 3-digit number(001 to 999) appears correctly,then press:

NOTE:Any leading zero (0) can beomitted from the Abbrevi-ated Dial Number.

If the ABB. Dial Number youentered has not been previ-ously registered, the screenbelow will be displayed.

Display the TELLIST ENTRY Menu

1 Display the ABB.NUMBERS Menu

2

Skip to Step 6.

If the ABB. Dial Number youentered has been previouslyregistered, continue to the nextstep.

Enter an ABB. DialNumber

3

If the selected Abbreviated DialNumber has been previouslyregistered, the following infor-mation will be displayed on theLCD display.

When a Preset ABB.Dial Number is Active

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

3.GROUP NUMBERS

2.ONE TOUCH KEYS

TEL LIST ENTRY1.ABB. NUMBERS

ABB. NUMBER ENTRY(1-999) [ ]

FAX NUMBER (128MAX)[ ]

ALREADY ASSIGNED

2.MODIFY

1.DELETE

ABB. NUMBER ENTRY3.RETAIN

Page 69: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

67

Abbreviated Dialer Registration - continued

To delete the contents storedin the Abbreviated Dial Num-ber, press:

(to DELETE)

To change the number or Lo-cation ID (remote facsimilename) currently assigned to anexisting Abbreviated Dial Num-ber, press:

(to MODIFY)

The facsimile number currentlyassigned is displayed on thebottom row.Skip to Step 6.

If you do not wish to changethe Abbreviated Dial Numberinformation, press:

(to RETAIN)

Return to Step 3 to select a dif-ferent Abbreviated Dial Number

or press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

You can delete, modify, or re-tain Abbreviated Dial Numbersregistered in this facsimile.

• DELETEDeletes the informationstored in the selected Ab-breviated Dial Number. Itwill also remove the numberfrom all associated GroupDialing Directories.

• MODIFYAllows you to change theremote facsimile numberand/or associated LocationID name. This selection isrecommended if the locationis used in Group Dialing Di-rectories.

• RETAINRetains the selected Abbre-viated Dial Number informa-tion without modification.

Change the ABB. Information5

Delete the ABB. DialInformation

5a Modify the ABB. DialInformation

5b Retain the CurrentABB. Dial Information

5c

Then press:

Return to Step 3.

Enter the telephone numberyou want to store (up to 128digits).

NOTE:If your facsimile is con-nected to a PBX system,you may need to enter anaccess digit (9) and a pauseso the system will connectyou to an outside line. In

such cases, press REDIAL

PAUSE

to

enter a 3-second pause.This pause may be repeatedif necessary and may be en-tered anywhere between dig-its. A pause entry is indi-cated as a hyphen “–” on theLCD display.

Enter the TelephoneNumber

6

FAX NUMBER (128MAX)[XXXXX ]

ABB. NUMBER 001ARE YOU SURE ?

Page 70: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

68

Alternate Numbers are optional.If the remote location does nothave two or more facsimileunits in the same area, you canleave this entry blank. (Seepage 66 for more information.)

Enter the Alternate FacsimileNumber.

Then press:

Enter an AlternateNumber (Optional)

7

The telephone number is dis-played on the bottom row of theLCD display as you enter it.Confirm that the number is cor-rect.

Enter the TelephoneNumber - continued

6

Abbreviated Dialer Registration - continued

Then press:

Enter the Location ID name ofthe remote party to be as-signed to the current Abbrevi-ated Dial Number.

See page 37 for more informa-tion on Character Entry.

When the name is displayedcorrectly on the LCD display,press:

Enter the LocationID Name

8

To skip the CommunicationOptions, press:

Go to next step.

To select Communication Op-tions, press:

When “1.YES” is selected, theFAX OPTIONS screen ap-pears. Follow the next steps foreach item selection.

This setting will allow you tospecify one or more of the fol-lowing Communication Optionsfor the Abbreviated Dial Num-ber you are registering.

Delayed CommunicationDefault=offSelect to program a trans-mission start time.

Transmission ReportDefault=offEnables or disables theprinting of a TX Report.

Line MonitorDefault=offEnables or disables the linemonitor speaker during dial-ing.

Fax SpeedDefault=offSelects a lower modemspeed for poor communica-tion links.

Sub AddressDefault=noneSpecifies a Sub Address forthe Abbreviated Dial Num-ber being registered. Theremote unit must supportSub-Address capabilities.

Select theCommunication Option

9a

Select Communication Options(Advanced Setup)

9

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the scroll key.

NOTE:In case of Polling Recep-tion, Relay Transmissionand Mailbox Transmission,the documents are not auto-matically transferred to theAlternate Numbers.

NOTE:To skip the Location ID

Name, press the or

STOP

to go to the next

step.

FAX NUMBER (MAX128)[9583359 ]

ALT NUMBER (128 MAX)[ ]

NAME (20 MAX)[ ]

1.YES

FAX OPTIONS2.NO

FAX OPTIONS1.DONE

2.DELAYED COMM.3.TX REPORT4.LINE MONITOR5.FAX SPEED6.SUBADDRESS

Page 71: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

69

If you have completed the de-sired Communication Optionssetting for this Abbreviated DialNumber, select DONE bypressing:

Done with OptionSetup

9b

Abbreviated Dialer Registration - continued

To designate a specific time atwhich operations using thisAbbreviated Dial Number willbe dialed, press:

Delayed Communications9c

Select Communication Options (Advanced Setup) - continued9

(12 hour format)

(24 hour format)

For the 12 hour format, select

AM/PM using the MENU

or

.

Then press:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

To enable/disable thefacsimile’s Line MonitorSpeaker when dialing this Ab-breviated Dial Number, press:

Line Monitor Speaker9e

To request a Transmission Re-port automatically after sendingdocuments using this Abbrevi-ated Dial Number, select:

Transmission Report9d

To enable a TX Report, press:

To disable a TX Report, press:

To enable the monitor speaker,press:

To disable the monitor speaker,press:

Enter the desired transmissionstart time in either the 12-houror 24-hour format depending onthe machine setup. (example:11:30PM in the 12-hour for-mat).

Skip to Step 10.

After 2 seconds:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option. The display returns to the first

screen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

After 2 seconds:

PRESS ONE TOUCHOR ENTER

DELAYED COMM.[HH:MMAM]

DELAYED COMM.[HH:MM]

DELAYED COMM.[11:30PM]

1.ON

TX REPORT2.OFF

COMPLETED

1.ON

LINE MONITOR2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 72: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

70

Abbreviated Dialer Registration - continued

To transmit documents usingthis Abbreviated Dial Numberat a lower speed to compen-sate for poor line conditions,press:

To select the FASTEST POS-SIBLE, press:

To select 14400BPS, press:

To select 9600BPS, press:

To select 4800BPS, press:

Sub-Address Communicationsallow a variety of specializedfacsimile communications.

SUBSub-Address TransmissionAllows documents to be routedthrough remote LAN-Facsimiledevices to specific users’ work-stations.

Allows documents to be trans-mitted to specific Mailboxes inremote facsimiles.

SEPSelective PollingAllows documents to be re-trieved from specific Mailboxesin remote facsimiles.

PWDPasswordAllows secure communicationsto SUB and from SEP compat-ible devices.

IMPORTANT:If you designate an incorrectsub-address, the communica-tion will result in an error. If youdesignate an unnecessary sub-address, the communicationwill result in error.

Select Communication Options - continued9

Fax Speed9f

If the remote party assigned tothe Abbreviated Dial Numberrequires or provides a Sub Ad-dress to route or retrieve mes-sages, press:

To complete Sub Address en-try or skip this option, press:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9.

9g-2 Complete theSub-AddressOptions Setup

Sub-Address Communication9g

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the scroll key.

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the

scroll key.

9g-1 Select the Sub-Address Options

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

After 2 seconds:

NOTE:Only 13 types, "0-9", "*","#" and "-" are available inthe Sub-Address. However,"-" cannot be used at thestart.

FAX SPEED1.FASTEST POSSIBLE

2.14400BPS3.9600BPS4.4800BPS

COMPLETED

SUBADDRESS1.DONE

2.SUBADDRESS SUB3.SUBADDRESS SEP4.SUBADDRESS PWD

Page 73: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

71

Abbreviated Dialer Registration - continued

To enter a PWD type Sub Ad-dress, press:

To enter a SUB type Sub Ad-dress, press:

To enter a SEP type Sub Ad-dress, press:

Select Communication Options - continued9

Sub-Address Communication - continued9g

9g-3 Select a SUBSub-AddressCommunication

9g-4 Select a SEPSub-AddressCommunication

9g-5 Select a PWDSub-AddressCommunication

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

To assign this Abbreviated DialNumber to a One Touch Key,press the desired One TouchKey (Example: One Touch Key01).

If the desired One Touch Keyhas been previously linked toanother Abbreviated Dial Num-ber or preset with a separateOne Touch number, one of thefollowing screens will be dis-played.

Assign theOne Touch Key

10a

After 2 seconds:

Returns to Step 2.

Press STOP

to exit the Menu

Operation mode and return tothe Standby Mode.

10 Assign the Abbreviated Dial Number to a OneTouch Key

Use a PreassignedOne Touch Key

10b

After 2 seconds:

To DELETE the existing link orOne Touch assignment and re-turn to Step 10a, press:

To RETAIN the existing link orOne Touch assignment and re-turn to Step 10a, press:

NOTE:If you do not wish to assignit to a One Touch Key,

press the or STOP

button.

SUB (20MAX)[ ]

SEP (20MAX)[ ]

PWD (20MAX)[ ]

COMPLETED

ALREADY ASSIGNED

2.RETAIN

ONE TOUCH NBR1.DELETE

PRESS ONE TOUCHOR ENTER

Page 74: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

72

Press:MENU

+

To select “ONE TOUCHKEYS”, press:

Press the desired One Touchkey.

Example: One Touch key 03

If the One Touch key has notbeen previously used and thefollowing menu is displayed,skip to Step 6.

One Touch Dialer RegistrationThis facsimile provides a totalof 38 One Touch Dial keys.

• Alternate NumbersIf one of the primary fac-simile numbers is busy,and a 2nd facsimile is lo-cated at that same remotelocation, the 2nd facsimile’stelephone number can beprogrammed as an Alter-nate Number.

NOTE:In case of Polling Recep-tion, Relay Transmissionand Mailbox Transmission,the documents are not au-tomatically transferred tothe Alternate Numbers.

If the pressed One Touch keyhas already been registeredwith a telephone number, thefollowing information appearson the LCD display.

Display the TELLIST ENTRY Menu

1 Display the ONETOUCH KEYS Menu

2 Select a One TouchLocation

3 When a Preset OneTouch is Active

4

After 2 seconds:

NOTE:When an Abbreviated Num-ber or a Group Number isassigned to the One Touchkey, the “MODIFY” optiondoes not appear on the LCDdisplay.

3.GROUP NUMBERS

2.ONE TOUCH KEYS

TEL LIST ENTRY1.ABB. NUMBERS

PRESS ONE TOUCHALREADY ASSIGNED

2.MODIFY

1.DELETE

ONE TOUCH NBR3.RETAIN

FAX NUMBER (128MAX)[ ]

Page 75: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

73

To delete the One Touch keyassignment, press:

(to DELETE)

To retain the previous OneTouch key assignment, press:

(to RETAIN)

Return to Step 3 to select a dif-ferent One Touch key or press

STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

One Touch Dialer Registration - continued

You can delete, modify or re-tain the One Touch key onceregistered in the facsimile.

• DELETEDeletes the informationstored in the selected OneTouch key. It will also re-move the number from allassociated Group DialingDirectories.

• MODIFYAllows you to change theremote facsimile numberand/or associated LocationID name. This selection isrecommended if the locationis used in Group Dialing Di-rectories.

• RETAINRetains the selected OneTouch key information with-out modification.

Delete the One TouchAssignment

5a Retain the One TouchAssignment

5c

Change One Touch Information5

To change the number or Loca-tion ID (remote facsimile name)currently assigned to an exist-ing One Touch key press:

(to MODIFY)

The facsimile number currentlyassigned is displayed on thebottom row.Return to Step 6.

Modify the One TouchAssignment

5b

Then press:

Return to Step 3.

Enter the telephone numberyou want to store (up to 128digits).

NOTE:If your facsimile is con-nected to a PBX system,you may need to enter anaccess digit (9) and a pauseso the system will connectyou to an outside line. In

such cases, press REDIAL

PAUSE

to

enter a 3-second pause.This pause may be repeatedif necessary and may be en-tered anywhere between dig-its. A pause entry is indi-cated as a hyphen “–” on theLCD display.

Enter the TelephoneNumber

6

ONE TOUCH NBR 03ARE YOU SURE ?

FAX NUMBER (128MAX)[XXXXX ]

Page 76: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

74

One Touch Dialer Registration - continued

Alternate Numbers are optional.If the remote location does nothave two or more facsimileunits in the same area, you canleave this entry blank. (Seepage 72 for more information.)

Enter the Alternate FacsimileNumber.

Then press:

Enter an AlternateNumber (Optional)

7

The telephone number is dis-played on the bottom row of theLCD display as you enter it.Confirm that the number is cor-rect.

Enter the TelephoneNumber - continued

6

Then press:

Enter the Location ID name ofthe remote party to be as-signed to the current OneTouch Dial Number.

See page 37 for more informa-tion on Character Entry.

When the name is displayedcorrectly on the LCD display,press:

Enter the LocationID Name

8

To skip the CommunicationOptions, press:

Go to Step 10.

To select Communication Op-tions, press:

When “1.YES” is selected, theFAX OPTIONS screen ap-pears. Follow the next steps foreach item selection.

This setting will allow you tospecify one or more of the fol-lowing Communication Optionsfor the One Touch Number youare registering.

Delayed CommunicationDefault=offSelect to program a trans-mission start time.

Transmission ReportDefault=offEnables or disables theprinting of a TX Report.

Line MonitorDefault=offEnables or disables the linemonitor speaker during dial-ing.

Fax SpeedDefault=offSelects a lower modemspeed for poor communica-tion links.

Sub AddressDefault=noneSpecifies a Sub Address forthe One Touch Dial Numberbeing registered. The re-mote unit must supportSub-Address capabilities.

Select theCommunication Option

9a

Select Communication Options(Advanced Setup)

9

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the scroll key.

NOTE:To skip the Location ID

Name, press the or

STOP

to go to the next

step.

FAX NUMBER (MAX128)[9583359 ]

ALT NUMBER (128 MAX)[ ]

NAME (20 MAX)[ ]

1.YES

FAX OPTIONS2.NO

FAX OPTIONS1.DONE

2.DELAYED COMM.3.TX REPORT4.LINE MONITOR5.FAX SPEED6.SUBADDRESS

Page 77: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

75

One Touch Dialer Registration - continued

If you have completed the de-sired Communication Optionssetting for this One Touch DialNumber, select DONE bypressing:

Done with OptionSetup

9b

To designate a specific time atwhich operations using thisOne Touch Dial Number will bedialed, press:

Delayed Communications9c

Select Communication Options (Advanced Setup) - continued9

(12-hour format)

(24-hour format)

For the 12 hour format, select

AM/PM using the MENU

or

.

Then press:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

To enable/disable the facsimi-le’s Line Monitor Speaker whendialing this One Touch DialNumber, press:

Line Monitor Speaker9e

To request a Transmission Re-port automatically after sendingdocuments using this OneTouch Dial Number, select:

Transmission Report9d

To enable a TX Report, press:

To disable a TX Report, press:

To enable the monitor speaker,press:

To disable the monitor speaker,press:

Enter the desired transmissionstart time in either the 12-houror 24-hour format depending onthe machine setup. (example:11:30PM in the 12-hour for-mat).

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

After 2 seconds:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

After 2 seconds:

Skip to Step 10.

PRESS ONE TOUCHOR ENTER

DELAYED COMM.[HH:MMAM]

DELAYED COMM.[HH:MM]

DELAYED COMM.[11:30PM]

1.ON

TX REPORT2.OFF

COMPLETED

1.ON

LINE MONITOR2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 78: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

76

One Touch Dialer Registration - continued

To transmit documents usingthis One Touch Dial Number ata lower speed to compensatefor poor line conditions, press:

To select the FASTEST POS-SIBLE, press:

To select 14400BPS, press:

To select 9600BPS, press:

To select 4800BPS, press:

Sub-Address Communicationsallow a variety of specializedfacsimile communications.

SUBSub-Address TransmissionAllows documents to be routedthrough remote LAN-Facsimiledevices to specific users’ work-stations.

Allows documents to be trans-mitted to specific Mailboxes inremote facsimiles.

SEPSelective PollingAllows documents to be re-trieved from specific Mailboxesin remote facsimiles.

PWDPasswordAllows secure communicationsto SUB and from SEP compat-ible devices.

IMPORTANT:If you designate an incorrectsub-address, the communica-tion will result in an error. If youdesignate an unnecessary sub-address, the communicationwill result in error.

Select Communication Options - continued9

Fax Speed9f

If the remote party assigned tothe One Touch Dial Numberrequires or provides a Sub Ad-dress to route or retrieve mes-sages, press:

To complete Sub Address en-try or skip this option, press:

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9.

9g-1 Select the SubAddress Options

9g-2 Complete theSub-AddressOptions Setup

Sub-Address Communication9g

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the scroll key.

These items are outsidethe LCD frame. To view

them, use the scroll key.

The display returns to the firstscreen in Step 9. Select thenext Option.

After 2 seconds:

FAX SPEED1.FASTEST POSSIBLE

2.14400BPS3.9600BPS4.4800BPS

COMPLETEDSUBADDRESS1.DONE

2.SUBADDRESS SUB3.SUBADDRESS SEP4.SUBADDRESS PWD

Page 79: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

77

One Touch Dialer Registration - continued

To enter a PWD type Sub Ad-dress, press:

To enter a SUB type Sub Ad-dress, press:

To enter a SEP type Sub Ad-dress, press:

Select Communication Options - continued9

Sub-Address Communication - continued9g

9g-3 Select a SUBSub-AddressCommunication

9g-4 Select a SEPSub-AddressCommunication

9g-5 Select a PWDSub-AddressCommunication

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

Enter the required number(max. 20 digits), then press:

Returns to Step 9g-1.

SUB (20MAX)[ ]

SEP (20MAX)[ ]

PWD (20MAX)[ ]

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other settings refer-ring to their associated pagesfor instructions, or press

to exit the Configuration Settingmode and return to the StandbyMode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

10

STOP

Page 80: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

78

You can send a document tomultiple remote parties in asingle operation. This is re-ferred to as Group Dialing orMulti-address Transmission.

It is useful to preset ad-dresses, to which Multi-ad-dress Transmissions are oftenperformed, in a group. To makea Multi-address Transmissioneasier, you can assign such agroup to a One Touch key.

The preset groups can also beused as groups for Multi-pollingReceptions.

You can register up to 50Broadcast Groups using anycombination of Group Numbersfrom 1 to 1999 (no duplicationsallowed). You may also assigneach group an optional nameof up to 20 characters.Each group can contain anycombination of the 150 Abbre-viated and/or 38 One Touchdial locations and can be as-signed to a One Touch key.

Press:MENU

+

Enter a Group Number (1 to1999).

Example: 1

To select “GROUP NUM-BERS,” press:

Group Number Registration

Display the TELLIST ENTRY Menu

1 Display the GROUPNUMBERS Menu

2 Enter a Group Number3

If the number entered is al-ready registered as a GroupNumber, you will receive anLCD prompt like the one below.

Displayed for 2 seconds

Then press:

The display changes to the fol-lowing for character entry (go toStep 5).

To select “1.DELETE,” go toStep 4a.

To select “2.MODIFY,” go toStep 4b.

To select “3.RETAIN,” go toStep 4c.

3.GROUP NUMBERS

2.ONE TOUCH KEYS

TEL LIST ENTRY1.ABB. NUMBERS

GROUP NUMBER(1-1999) [ ]

GROUP NUMBER(1-1999) [ 1]

NAME (20 MAX)[ ]

ALREADY ASSIGNED

2.MODIFY

1.DELETE

GROUP NUMBER3.RETAIN

Page 81: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

79

To delete the existing Group,press:

(to DELETE)

To change the existing Group,press:

(to MODIFY)

To retain the existing Group,press:

(to RETAIN)

Return to Step 3 to select adifferent Group Dial Number or

press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

Enter the Group Name (with upto 20 characters) associatedwith the Group Number.

See page 37 for more informa-tion on Character Entry.

(When no name is entered inthis step, no name will be givento the Group Number.)

When the name is displayedcorrectly on the LCD display,press:

Group Number Registration - continued

Enter the GroupName

5Retain the ExistingGroup

4cCancel the ExistingGroup

4a Modify the ExistingGroup

4b Enter a RemoteStation

6

Enter the addresses of the re-mote stations to be preset inthe group.

If a remote station is assignedto a One Touch key, press theOne Touch key.

If a remote station is assignedto an Abbreviated Dial Num-ber, enter the number then

press .

Example:Abbreviated Dial Number118 (preset as DENVEROFFICE):

+

+

+

Then press:

Return to Step 3.

The current Group Name is dis-played.

Go to Step 5.

After 2 seconds:

GROUP NUMBER 0001ARE YOU SURE ?

NAME[COLORADO GRP]

ENTER ABB. NUMBEROR ONE TOUCH

GROUP NUMBER 0001ABB. NUMBER 118

PRESS OT OR ABB.OR ENTER

Page 82: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

80

Group Number Registration - continued

Enter a RemoteStation - continued

6

Repeat this step until all of therequired remote station ad-dresses are entered. Then goto Step 8.

NOTES:• When the entered Abbrevi-

ated Dial Number or OneTouch key has not beenpreregistered with a fac-simile number, the displayshows the message “NUM-BER NOT LISTED.” Thenreturns to Step 5.

• When the entered Abbrevi-ated Dial Number or OneTouch key is already as-signed in this group, thedisplay shows the screensbelow.

To delete the existing remotestation from this group, press:

(to DELETE)

To retain this remote station inthis group, press:

(to RETAIN)

When all the stations neces-sary for this group are enteredin Step 6, press:

Cancel the GroupNumber Setting

7a Retain the GroupNumber Setting

7b Complete GroupStation Entries

8 Assign a One TouchKey

9

To assign this group to a OneTouch key, press the desiredOne Touch key.

Example: One Touch key 20.

+

Go to Step 7a or Step 7b.

After 2 seconds:

Press: Return to Step 6.

Returns to Step 3.

After 2 seconds:

Return to Step 6.

ALREADY ASSIGNED

1.DELETE

ALREADY ASSIGNED2.RETAIN

DELETED

ABB. NUMBER 118ARE YOU SURE ?

PRESS OT OR ABB.OR ENTER

PRESS ONE TOUCHOR ENTER

COMPLETED

GROUP NUMBER(1-1999) [ ]

Page 83: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

81

To skip assigning this group toa One Touch key, press:

If the selected One Touch keyis already linked to or regis-tered with data, the following isdisplayed.

Group Number Registration - continued

Assign a One Touch Key - continued9

Return to Step 3.

Press STOP

to complete the

Group Setting operation andreturn to the Standby Mode.

To select “1.DELETE” (to de-lete the existing link or presetdata of this One Touch key),press:

Returns to Step 9.

To RETAIN, press:

Returns to Step 9.

Displayed for 2 seconds

COMPLETED ALREADY ASSIGNED

1.DELETE

ONE TOUCH NBR2.RETAIN

Page 84: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

82

The following table shows the specifications for original documents that can beused with this facsimile.

Caution:If the documents are any of the following, they should be copied to plain paperbefore transmitting.

• Torn, wrinkled, or damp pages• Folded pages or pages with holes• Transparent pages or pages with a smooth, shiny finish• Cloth or metal sheets

When using originals with the following specifications, use a carrier sheet toavoid document jams or misfeeds. When using carrier sheets, only one sheetcan be sent at a time.

• Smaller than minimum size.• With thickness less than 0.05 mm.

To use a carrier sheet, lift the clear cover, place a single document sheet face-up on the paper sheet. Purchase carrier sheets from your TOSHIBA facsimiledealer or use a transparency with a paper backing attached at the lead edge.

Document SpecificationsNOTES:

• Operator assistance may be required for pages longer than 356 mm (14.02inches).

• For multiple sheets, the documents must be the same size and paper type.• A small border region of each document is not imaged when each document

is scanned. The effective scanning area is as shown in the figure below.Max.

Single Sheet Multiple Sheets

DocumentSize

0.06 to 0.15 mm[0.003 to 0.006 in.]

0.065 to 0.1 mm[0.003 to 0.004 in.]

Thickness ofDocument

Uncoated on both sidesType of Paper

Min.

216 mm (W) x 1000 mm (L)[8.5 in. (W) x 39.37 in. (L)]

148 mm (W) x 100 mm (L)[5.83 in. (W) x 3.94 in. (L)]

Effective ScanningWidth

214 mm[8.43 in.]

Max. Capacity ofDocument Tray

Up to 15 sheets (Legal Size : 20 lbs)

Up to 40 sheets(Letter Size : 20 lbs)

- TRANSMIT CONFIGURATION

Letter/Legal SizeEffective�Scanning�

Area

216mm (8.5 inches)

214mm (8.43 inches)

2.5mm (0.1 inches)

2.5mm (0.1 inches)

Page 85: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

83

Remove any staples, paperclips, or other items from yourdocument before feeding it intothe facsimile.

When scanning Legal-size doc-uments, extend the DocumentSupport Extension and Docu-ment Exit Tray Extension.

Adjust the Document Guides tofit the width of the document.

Load the document face downon the Document Support. Thefirst page of your documentshould be at the bottom of theDocument Support.

Gently insert the leading edgeof the paper into the facsimileas shown. The facsimile waits2 seconds, then pulls the docu-ment into the scanning areaand stops.

When a Carrier Sheet is used,documents must be sent onepage at a time (manually fed).

When the document sheet islonger than the Document Sup-port, assist it with your hand toinsure proper feeding.

Up to 40 sheets (Letter-size)can be loaded and sent at atime.

Stagger the leading edges ofthe sheets slightly and insertthem into the document feeder.

After the facsimile pulls thedocument into the scan posi-tion slightly and stops, youmay change the resolution andcontrast settings. (It may alsobe changed before or duringthe document loading.)

To cancel a document alreadyset and pulled in, press:

STOP

If your document is extremelydark or light, or if it containsphotographs, you may wish toadjust the contrast and resolu-tion settings. See the followingpages.

Document Loading

Remove AttachedItems

1 Adjust the Settings3Place Document Pages on the DocumentSupport

2

Page 86: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

84

The scan resolution can be setto one of the following fivemodes based on the type ofimage you are scanning.

The scan resolution is normallyset to the default setting.When you change the resolu-tion, the facsimile will return tothe default setting after eachtransaction. To change the de-fault resolution setting, seepage 86.

STANDARDFor sending normal text andgraphics.

FINEFor sending normal text andgraphics with extra clarity.

U-FINE (Ultra-Fine)For sending fine text andgraphics with extra clarity.

FINE HALFTONEFor detailed photos or docu-ments with colors or shad-ing.

U-FINE HALFTONE(Ultra-Fine Halftone)

For very detailed photos ordocuments with colors orshading.

Press MODE

until the required resolution mode is indicated

by the appropriate LED.

* When Ultra-Fine is selected, the e-STUDIO170F will scan alldocuments at 406 dots/inch horizontal x 391 lines/inch vertical.Depending on the capabilities of the remote facsimile receivingthis document, the document may be transmitted by the e-STUDIO170F at Ultra-Fine resolution (406 dots/inch horizontalx 391 lines/inch vertical) or it may be transmitted at Super Fine(203 dots/inch horizontal x 391 lines/inch vertical).

MODE

U-FINE

HALFTONE

FINE

Scan Resolution Setting

Ultra-Fine Mode

Standard Mode (when all the lamps are extinguished)

Fine Mode

Each correspondinglamp is illuminated.

Ultra-Fine Halftone Mode

Fine Halftone Mode

The mode changes as follows: )( : extinguished: illuminated

Page 87: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

85

The Contrast Setting adjuststhe print darkness of the docu-ment to be read.

The contrast can be set to oneof the following settings. Thefacsimile will return to the de-fault setting after each transac-tion.To change the default contrastsetting, see page 86.

NORMALFor standard originals.

DARKERTo darken light originals(i.e., for documents withlight or faint print).

LIGHTERTo lighten the dark originals(i.e., for documents withdark print or shaded areas).

Contrast Setting

Press CONTRAST

until the required contrast level is indicated

by the appropriate LED.CONTRAST

DARKER

LIGHTER

Darker level

Normal level (when all the lamps are extinguished)

Lighter levelEach correspondinglamp is illuminated.

The level changes as follows: )( : extinguished: illuminated

Page 88: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

86

This setting will select the de-fault setting whenever a docu-ment is set in the facsimile fortransmission. Manual settings(if selected for a particular doc-ument) will take precedenceover default settings.

Press:

MENU

+

+

+

+

Select the desired resolutionsetting by pressing one of thefollowing keys.

Select STANDARD mode forsending normal text and graph-ics by pressing:

Select FINE mode for sendingnormal text and graphics withextra clarity by pressing:

Select U-FINE (Ultra-Fine) forsending fine text and graphicswith extra clarity by pressing:

Default Setting for Document Mode (Resolution and Contrast)

Select theResolution

2Display theDOCUMENT MODEMenu

1

Select the default contrastlevel by pressing one of thefollowing keys.

Select NORMAL for normaldocuments by pressing:

Select DARKER to darken lightoriginals (i.e., for documentswith light or faint print) bypressing:

Select LIGHTER to lightendark originals (i.e., for docu-ments with dark print) bypressing:

Select the Contrast3

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

3.U-FINE

2.FINE

DOCUMENT MODE1.STANDARD

3.LIGHTER

2.DARKER

CONTRAST1.NORMAL

COMPLETED

Page 89: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

87

Paper Size for Copying

- COPYING

You can utilize the e-STUDIO170F as a convenient copier to make sorted copies oforiginal documents. The following are key points when making copies.

Recording Paper SizeThe paper sizes usable with your fax unit are limited to Letter or Legal size. The re-ceived document is recorded (printed) within the Effective Recording Area of the pa-per.

At the time of copying, the SORT function may be selected. This function will sortmultiple page copies into sets of correct-order pages.

Output Examples of Printed Copies

With SORT Function ON With SORT Function OFF

NOTES:• The pages are automatically

sorted.

• Requires enough memory forthe entire multi-page document.If there is not enough memory(memory overflow), the copyingprocedure will be canceled.

• Collation is slower than non-col-lation because the entire docu-ment must be scanned intomemory first, then printing canoccur.

NOTES:• Sorting is the responsibility of

the operator.

• Memory requirements are limitedto one page at a time.

NOTE:

• The following copy resolutions are available:

FINE FINE+HALFTONEU-FINE U-FINE+HALFTONE

EffectiveRecording

Area

BA

C D Page 3Page 2

Page 1Page 3

Page 2Page 1

Page 3Page 2

Page 1

Page 3

Page 2

Page 1Page 1

Page 1

Page 2Page 2

Page 3Page 3

A

216

8.5

216

8.5

Paper Size

Letter: mm

inches

Legal: mm

inches

B

208

8.2

208

8.2

D

279

11.0

356

14.0

C

271

10.7

348

13.7

Page 90: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

88

Display the COPY menu bypressing:

COPY

Enter the number of copies re-quired. If no entry is made, thenumber of copies will automati-cally be set to “1.”

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Use the key to move to the

Sort Copy screen.

Select the desired Sort Copyoption.

To enable a Sort Copy, press:

To disable a Sort Copy, press:

Select the desired paper tray.

To select Paper Tray, press:

Go to Step 8.

To select Bypass Tray, press:

To select Optional Paper Tray(if installed), press:

Copying Procedure

Load the Document1 Press the COPY Key2 Display the SORTCOPY Menu

3 Select the SORTCOPY Option

4 Select the PaperTray

5

* If installed Optional PaperTray.

*

If you select “2.BYPASS,” thefollowing screen is displayed.Go to Step 6.

NOTE:To start copying immedi-ately, key in the number ofsheets and then press theENTER button.

The menu returns to theStandby Mode.

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

COPIES (1-99) [ 1]

1.ON

SORT COPY2.OFF

3.TRAY 2

2.BYPASS

PAPER CASSETTE1.TRAY 1

COPIES (1-99) [ 1]

1.A4

3.LEGAL

PAPER SIZE2.LETTER

Page 91: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

89

Select the number of copies(max. 99).

When all settings are complete,press:

START

NOTE:If the Sort option is se-lected, the document will bescanned into memory first.

Enter the Number ofCopies

8

Copying Procedure - continuedSelect the PaperSize of the BypassTray

6 Select the ThickPaper Option

7

Select the paper size of theBypass Tray.

To select the A4 size, press:

To select the Letter size,press:

To select the Legal size, press:

Select the thick paper mode.

To enable the thick papermode, press:

To disable the thick papermode, press:

NOTE:When the Recording Paperruns out during copying andthe copying stops, supplythe Recording Paper to re-start the copying.

1.ON

THICK PAPER2.OFF

COPYING COPIES 01/10

Page 92: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

90

Your TOSHIBA facsimile pro-vides various dialing methods.

One Touch DialingDials remote locations withthe touch of a single key.See page 72 for program-ming.

Abbreviated DialingDials remote locations usingan abbreviated dial numberfrom 001 to 999. See page66 for programming.

Alphabet DialingAllows a location selectionusing an alphabetic indexsearch of the Location IDsprogrammed into OneTouch and Abbreviated Dial-ing Directories.

Keypad DialingAccepts unregistered tele-phone number entry directlyfrom the operation panel.

See other dialing related func-tions on the following pages:

Multi-Key Dialing page 114

Chain Dialing page 146

Redialing page 103

Handset & pages 99Monitor Dialing and 100

Setting Redial page 62Interval & Counter

If you have programmed a re-mote party’s facsimile numberto a One Touch key, you candial that number by pressingthe corresponding One Touchkey.

The resolution and contrastsettings may be changed ifnecessary (see pages 84 and85).

Select the desired One Touchkey from 01 to 38 (see page 72for programming).

To select the One Touch key

20 to 38, press before

pressing the desired OneTouch key.

Example: One Touch key 01

One Touch key 20

+

The One Touch key numberand the name of the party ap-pear on the LCD display forabout 2 seconds.

Your facsimile will automati-cally start scanning the docu-ment into memory (if enabled).While scanning, the facsimiledials, connects, and startstransmission.

- DIALING METHODS

One Touch Key Dialing1

One Touch Key Dialing

Displayed for 2 seconds

During scan to memory

During transmission

NOTES:• If a One Touch key is

not programmed, themessage “NUMBERNOT LISTED” is dis-played for 2 seconds, analarm buzzer soundsand the display returnsto the previous statusscreen.

• When an incorrect OneTouch key has been se-

lected, press STOP

im-

mediately to cancel thetransmission.

ONE TOUCH= 01L.A. OFFICE

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 089

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

ONE TOUCH= 01NUMBER NOT LISTED

Page 93: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

91

When the correct number isdisplayed, press:

START

The Abbreviated Dial Numberand the name of the party willappear on the LCD display forabout 2 seconds.

Your facsimile will automatical-ly start scanning the documentinto memory (if enabled). Whilescanning, the facsimile dials,connects, and starts transmis-sion.

Once an Abbreviated Dial Num-ber is programmed with a validremote facsimile location, thatlocation can be accessed byrecalling the corresponding Ab-breviated Dial Number.

The document must be loadedand the resolution and contrastset before a transmission usingAbbreviated Dialing (see pages84 and 85).

Press:SPEED DIAL

ALPHA

+

Enter the Abbreviated DialNumber (1 to 999) assigned tothe desired party.

NOTES:• When an incorrect num-

ber is entered, use

to delete preceding dig-

its, or press STOP

once

to start over from the be-ginning.

• Any leading zero (0) canbe omitted from the Ab-breviated Dial Number.

Example of Abbreviated DialNumber, 10:

Abbreviated Dialing

Press the SPEEDDIAL Key

1 Enter theAbbreviated Number

2 Press the START Key Tray3

Displayed for 2 seconds

During scan to memory

During transmission

NOTE:When the number entered(within the range of 1through 999) is not prepro-grammed with a specificparty’s facsimile or tele-phone number, the mes-sage “NUMBER NOT LIST-ED” is displayed for 2 sec-onds and then the facsimilereturns to the screen inStep 1.

Displayed for 2 seconds

ABB. NUMBER(1-999) [ ]

ABB. NUMBER(1-999) [ 10]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 091

ABB. NBR= 10LONDON OFFICE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

ABB. NBR= 10NUMBER NOT LISTED

Page 94: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

92

“Alphabet Dialing” is used todial the desired party bysearching for the name of theregistered Location ID name inthe Abbreviated Dial, OneTouch Dial and Group Dial List.

The document must be loadedand the resolution and contrastset before a transmission usingAlphabet Dialing (see pages 84and 85).

Press:SPEED DIAL

ALPHA

+

Press the key on the dial key-pad which corresponds to thename.

Example:

To find the location named“LONDON OFFICE”:

Press 3 times to display

the screen for names beginningwith “L.”

Once the desired name is dis-played, press:

START

The One Touch key or Abbrevi-ated Dial Number and the nameof the party appear on the LCDdisplay for about 2 seconds.

Your facsimile will automati-cally start scanning the docu-ment into memory (if enabled).While scanning, the facsimiledials, connects, and startstransmission.

Alphabet Dialing

Press the SPEEDDIAL Key

1 Press the STARTKey

3Display the Name ofthe Desired RemoteParty

2

Use the following keys to dis-play the desired location (“LON-DON OFFICE” in this ex-ample).

MENU

or Displayed for 2 seconds

During scan to memory

During transmission

NOTE:

Press the or to move

to the next initial letter.

SEARCH LETTER = 1

SEARCH LETTER = LL.A. OFFICE

SEARCH LETTER = LLONDON OFFICE

ABB. NBR= 002LONDON OFFICE

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 091

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 95: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

93

If you have not preset the tele-phone number of the destina-tion facsimile to an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number or OneTouch key, you can dial yourdestination by entering thenumber from the Dial Keypad.

The document must be loadedand the resolution and contrastset before a transmission usingKeypad Dialing. (See pages 84and 85.)

Enter the facsimile number ofthe desired party.

NOTE:When an incorrect number

is entered, use to delete

preceding digits, or pressSTOP

once to start over

from the beginning.

Example with 012345678 en-tered:

When the correct number isdisplayed, press:

START

Your facsimile will automati-cally start scanning the docu-ment into memory (if enabled).While scanning, the facsimilewill dials, connects, and startstransmission.

Enter the FacsimileNumber

1 Press the STARTKey

2

Keypad Dialing

During scan to memory

During transmission

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)012345678

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 093

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 96: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

94

JAN-31 09:43 AM 70% AUTO RECEIVE

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 123

A Memory Transmission first scans and stores the document into memory prior toa transmission to a remote facsimile(s).

Memory Transmission is automatically initiated with any of the following dialingmethods.

• One Touch Dialing (See page 90)• Abbreviated Dialing (See page 91)• Alphabet Dialing (See page 92)• Keypad Dialing (See page 93)

You may reserve a transmission even when other Memory Communications are un-der way.

Once scanning a document is started, the facsimile will dial, connect and starttransmission to the remote location. In the event the Memory becomes full,Memory Release will hold originals in the ADF until the pages already stored intomemory are successfully transmitted. As each page is successfully transmitted,the Memory for subsequent pages will be released and the next page is scanned.

If a connection is not established during the scanning procedure, Memory Releasewill be disabled (see NOTES).

To bypass Memory Transmission, see page 97 on Direct Document Transmission.

File Number and Residual Memory

• FILE NUMBERSThe facsimile assigns a File Number to each transmission or polling-recep-tion job for internal control of reserved communications.This File Number is very useful, should it become necessary to cancel amemory operation. It is also useful when tracking communication activitiesusing the transmission and reception journals (see page 191).

File Number Display Example:

- TRANSMITTING

Memory Transmission

• RESIDUAL MEMORYThe amount of memory remaining for memory transmission usage is calledResidual Memory and is displayed as a percentage value.

Residual Memory Display Example:

File No.

NOTES:1. If there is not enough Residual Memory or the

Job queue it at full capacity, a Memory Fullstatus may occur. If this occurs during scan-ning a document for transmission, the fac-simile displays MEMORY OVERFLOW.

2. If this message is displayed, press STOP

to cancel the Memory Transmis-

sion. The Memory Overflow message will be reset and the document will beejected.

3. Wait until memory becomes available (i.e., after some reserved jobs arecompleted), and retry the job later or use a Direct Document Transmission(see page 96).

4. A maximum of 100 transmissions can be reserved for Memory Transmis-sions (including Polling Reception reservations and mailboxes). Any trans-mission attempted thereafter will result in a direct transmission from theADF.

Residual Memory

JAN-31 09:43 AM 0%MEMORY OVERFLOW

Page 97: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

95

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Dial the facsimile number ofthe remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

• Press STOP

if a dialing er-

ror occurs.

Example of screen displayedwhile a number is entered byKeypad Dialing:

The facsimile starts scanningand storing the document intomemory.

A File Number is assigned.

Residual Memory will decreaseas the document is scanned.

• Press STOP

to cancel the

transmission operation.

When the document scanningis complete, the facsimile re-turns to the Standby Mode.

Load the Document1 Dial the FacsimileNumber

2 Start Scanning3 Return to theStandby Mode

4

Memory Transmission Procedure

Memory Transmission - continued

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

TEL NUMBER =(MAX128)0559761234

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 108

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 98: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

96

This procedure will discuss Di-rect Transmission when se-lected as the default setting orwhen Residual Memory hasbeen depleted.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Dial the facsimile number ofthe remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

• Press STOP

if a dialing er-

ror occurs.

Example of screen displayedwhile a number is entered us-ing Keypad Dialing:

Once the facsimile number isentered, the dialing starts.

Direct Transmission is used ifthere is not enough residualmemory or when a large num-ber of document pages are tobe sent, etc.

This mode is also useful if theoperator wishes to visuallyconfirm the actual transmissionof the document to the remoteparty.

The documents will remain inthe ADF and be transmittedone by one.

All transmissions will be sentvia Direct Transmission if theMemory Transmission functionis set default off (See page147).

Direct Transmission

Load the Document1 Dial the FacsimileNumber

2 Start Dialing3

Direct Transmission as a Default Setting

Line Connection tothe Remote Party

4

Once connected to the desti-nation facsimile, the screenbelow is displayed.

Example of screen displayedwhen Residual Memory hasbeen depleted:

If the destination facsimile isbusy, the screen below is dis-played.

If the redial procedure is com-pleted without a success, thescreen below is displayed andprinted the Transmission Re-port.

After printing

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 0% AUTO RECEIVE

TEL NUMBER =(MAX128)0559761234

DIALING 0559761234

WAITING TO REDIAL AUTO RECEIVE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%PRINTING LIST

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%LINE BUSY

COMMUNICATING+81 559 761234

Page 99: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

97

DocumentTransmission

5

The transmission starts as thedocument is scanned, thescreen below is displayed.

When the communication iscomplete, BUSY lamp turnsoff and the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

Complete theTransmission

6

Direct Transmission - continued

Direct Transmission as a Default Setting - continued

TRANSMIT P001+81 559 761234

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 100: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

98

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Even if the Memory Transmis-sion Mode is selected as thedefault, you may desire totransmit a specific documentdirectly from the AutomaticDocument Feeder.

This is useful when the docu-ment consists of many pagesor when the residual memory istoo small to store the docu-ment data.

Select the desired function keyon the operation panel.

Press:DIRECT SEND

Select “1. YES” by pressing: Dial the facsimile number ofthe remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Direct Transmission - continued

Load the Document1 Select YES3 Dial the FacsimileNumber

4

Temporary Direct Transmission

Change theTransmission Mode

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

2.NO

DIRECT TX1.YES

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

Page 101: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

99

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press:MONITOR

The facsimile is connected tothe telephone line and the dialtone is heard through thespeaker.

You can send your documentswith On-hook Dialing using themonitor speaker to confirm theanswering tone from the re-mote party’s facsimile. Dial the facsimile number of

the remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

NOTE:If an incorrect number is

dialed, press STOP

and

follow the instruction dis-played on the LCD displayto start the operation over.

Example of screen displayedwhile a number is entered us-ing Keypad Dialing:

When you hear the answering

tone, press

START

. If an op-

erator answers the phone, pickup the handset (if equipped)and inform the remote partythat you wish to send a docu-ment.

Upon hearing the facsimiletone, press:

START

When the transmission is com-pleted, the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

Load the Document1 Press the MONITORKey

2 Dial the FacsimileNumber

3

Direct Transmission - continued

On-hook Transmission (Monitor Speaker Dialing)

Press the STARTKey

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[ ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[0559761234 ]

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 102: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

100

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Pick up the handset of the fac-simile.

The unit is connected to thetelephone line and you hearthe dial tone through thespeaker of the handset.

Dial the facsimile number ofthe remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

NOTES:• To use the Keypad Dial-

ing procedure on page93, do not press the fi-

nal

START

in this

step.

• If an incorrect number is

dialed, press STOP

and

follow the instructiondisplayed on the LCDdisplay to start over theoperation.

This procedure may be usefulwhen you want to talk with aremote party using the optionalhandset of the facsimile beforesending a document.

Direct Transmission - continued

Load the Document1 Pick Up the Handset(Optional)

2

Off-hook Transmission (Optional Handset Dialing)

Dial the Facsimile Number3

Example of screen displayedwhile a number is entered us-ing Keypad Dialing:

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[ ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[0559761234 ]

Page 103: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

101

Direct Transmission - continued

Off-hook Transmission (Optional Handset Dialing) - continued

When you hear the answering

tone, press

START

. If the re-

mote party answers the phone,you can inform the remoteparty that you wish to send adocument.

Upon hearing the facsimiletone, press:

START

Then replace the handset.

When the transmission is com-pleted, the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

Press the STARTKey

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 104: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

102

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Pick up the handset of the Ex-ternal Telephone connected tothe “TEL” connector of the fac-simile.

The External Telephone is con-nected to the telephone line viathe facsimile, and the dial toneis heard through the speaker ofthe External Telephone.

The display on the facsimileshows “EXTERNAL OFFHOOK” on the LCD display.

Dial the facsimile number ofthe remote party using thekeypad of the External Tele-phone.

The entered number is immedi-ately dialed. The number isnot displayed on the facsimi-le’s LCD display.

NOTE:When the External Tele-phone is in the off-hookstatus (i.e. while “EXTER-NAL OFF HOOK” is dis-played), the Dial Keypad onthe facsimile does not ac-cept any key entry.

When you hear the answering

tone, press

START

on the

facsimile. If the remote partyanswers the phone, you caninform the remote party thatyou wish to send a document.

Upon hearing the facsimiletone, press:

START

Then replace the handset ofthe External Telephone.

When the transmission is com-pleted, the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

This procedure may be usefulwhen you want to talk with aremote party before sending adocument. A telephone setmust be connected to the“TEL” connector. (This tele-phone set is called the “Exter-nal Telephone” in this manual.)

Direct Transmission - continued

External Off-hook Transmission (Transmission Using an External Telephone)

Load the Document1 Dial on the ExternalTelephone

3 Press The STARTKey

4Pick Up the Handset ofthe External Telephone

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

EXTERNAL OFF HOOK

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 105: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

103

This function enables you toredial the number last dialedusing this facsimile to transmita document.

WARNING:

If you press STOP

, the

facsimile will clear the fac-simile number registeredand lose the manual redialcapability.

NOTE:This feature will not func-tion with numbers dialedusing the optional handsetor an external telephone.

To enter the On-hook Dialing(Monitor Speaker Dialing)mode, press:

MONITOR

Press:REDIAL

PAUSE

The last number dialed is dis-played. The display varies de-pending on the dialing methodused.

The displayed number is im-mediately redialed.

When the line of the remoteparty is busy, the facsimile willautomatically redial the remoteparty up to the set number oftimes with intervals of the setlength (see page 62).

If the line is not connected af-ter the set number of redialingattempts, the facsimile willrecord a LINE BUSY.

Confirm the facsimile numberof the remote party and repeatthe transmission procedure.

When you hear the answering

tone, press

START

. If the

remote party answers thephone, pick up the handset(optional). Inform the remoteparty that you wish to send adocument.

Upon hearing the facsimiletone, press:

START

When the transmission is com-pleted, the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

Redialing

Automatic Redialing Manual Redialing Direct Transmission

Press the MONITORKey

1 Press the REDIALKey

2

If no number is registered as aredial number, the screen be-low is displayed for 2 seconds,then returns to Step 1.

Redial the RemoteParty

3

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[ ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[0559761234 ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)NUMBER NOT LISTED

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 106: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

104

Redialing - continued

This function enables you totransmit a document after se-lecting it from the jobs reservedin memory waiting to beredialed.

NOTE:If you are using DepartmentCodes, the initiating Depart-ment Code must match forthis operation to work.

Wait 5 seconds or press anykey on the Operation Panel ex-

cept STOP

to display the

screen on the right.

Screen Index:

1st line ... File Number

2nd line ... Destination ofredialing

Locate the screen of the de-sired job using the followingscroll keys.

MENU

(for the previous screen)

(for the next screen)

Press:REDIAL

PAUSE

When the desired job is dis-played, press:

The facsimile starts to dial thenumber for a transmission.

Press the REDIALKey

1 Start Redialing3

Manual Redialing Jobs in Memory

Select the Job to be Redialed2

• If there are no jobs to beredialed, the screen belowis displayed for 2 seconds,then the facsimile returns tothe Standby Mode.

MENU

MENU

REDIALNUMBER NOT LISTED

FILE NBR = 124L.A. OFFICE

FILE NBR = 123SEATTLE FACTORY

FILE NBR = 121L.A. OFFICE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

REDIAL[ENTER]:START

Page 107: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

105

- RECEIVING

“AUTO RECEIVE” is the ability of the facsimile to receive docu-ments sent to your facsimile automatically.

The facsimile starts to receive a document after a pre-selectednumber of rings. You can change the ringer count (see page 63).

NOTE:A ring delay can be selected should you wish to speak to thecalling party before receiving a facsimile.If you do not pick up the handset within the selected delay pe-riod, the facsimile will automatically answer the call and at-tempt to receive a document.

This mode is used together with a TAD (telephone answering device/machine).

This mode allows you to receive voice messages and facsimile receptions even when no one ispresent in the office.

Switching between the voice message recording and facsimile receiving is performed automatically.

(1) Caller in Automatic Facsimile Transmission Mode

When the facsimile signal is detected during or after the TAD Answering Message switching isautomatically made for Facsimile Reception mode.

(2) Caller Attempting a Phone Call

After the TAD Answering Message and the TAD Beep Tone, the TAD will record the messagefrom the caller.

(3) Caller in Manual Facsimile Transmission Mode (may first leave a voice message if within theFAX Monitor Time)

When the caller starts a facsimile transmission during the Answering Message or after the TADBeep Tone, switching is made for Facsimile Reception mode.

FAX/TAD Switching ModeAutomatic Reception Mode

FAX Monitor Time: When the voice message recording is completed earlier than the FAX Monitor Time, the�line will be switched to the facsimile side. However, if the voice message recording�exceeds the time value, the line will not be switched to the facsimile side.

FacsimileAutomaticReception

Mode

Detects the facsimile signal

Silence Detection

Silence Detection

Recording iscompleted.

Caller starts sendingthe document

TAD records thevoice message.

FAX Monitor Time*Max. 99 seconds

(Refer to 63.)

TADTone

(Beep)

AnsweringMessage

TAD

(1) Caller in Automatic Facsimile Transmission Mode

(3) Caller in Manual Facsimile Transmission Mode

(2) Caller in Attempting a Phone Call

Page 108: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

106

This mode is used when the line is used for both facsimile and telephone.

The facsimile automatically determines whether an incoming call is for facsimile or telephone. Whenthe call is for telephone, the ringer will ring according to the value set for the call time. When the callis for facsimile, the machine will automatically start receiving the document.

If the other party is sending a document, the facsimile automatically receives the document. If theother party is making a phone call, the facsimile goes on to generate a pseudo-rings.

(1) Caller in Automatic Facsimile Transmission ModeDetects the facsimile signal and the facsimile will engage Auto Reception mode.

(2) Caller in Manual Facsimile Transmission ModeIf you pick up the optional handset of the facsimile during the Pseudo Ringer period, you can talk

with the caller, then press

START

to start receiving a document. When the Pseudo Ringer pe-

riod ends (because no one answers), the facsimile is automatically switched to Facsimile Recep-tion mode. In this mode, the remote party can manually send a document as well.

(3) Caller Attempting a Phone CallYou can talk with the caller if you pick up the optional handset of the facsimile during the Pseudo

Ringer period. When using a connected external telephone, you must press STOP

to talk with

the caller.

“MANUAL RECEIVE” allows you to use the facsimile as a tele-phone (talking function) first and then start a document receptionby pressing:

START

1. When the facsimile rings, pick up the optional handset andtalk with the remote party.

2. If you hear the facsimile tone through the handset instead ofan operator’s voice, you may manually initiate a facsimile re-ception by pressing:

START

3. Replace the optional handset to the cradle. The facsimile willstart receiving the document.

TEL/FAX Auto Switching Mode Manual Receiving Mode

Page 109: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

107

The Automatic ReceptionMode (AUTO RECEIVE) is nor-mally selected. You canchange the reception mode by

pressing the AUTO

key.

Refer to Reception Mode se-lection on page 63.

Press:

AUTO

This facsimile can use Letter and Legal size paper. The received document is recorded (printed)within the Effective Recording Area of the paper.

NOTES:• If the received document is equal to or shorter than the recording area of the paper, the re-

ceived document is printed at its actual size.

• If the received document is larger than the recording area of the paper, it will be vertically andhorizontally reduced to fit on the recording paper installed. The reception will be divided ontotwo sheets if the document needs to be reduced to smaller than 73%* of its original size.

*Reduction standard ratio for every paper

• If you desire to receive large originals without reduction or excessive paper usage, set the”DISCARD” function to “ON.” If the lower part of the original exceeds the recording paper by 13mm or less, the image will be automatically discarded. This predetermined dimension is a ser-vice function setting. Contact your Toshiba dealer for setup.

• If the “RX REDUCTION” function is “OFF”, the larger original will be recorded on two or moresheets. The top of the second page will repeat about 5 mm of the lower part of the first page.

Selecting the Reception Mode Recording Paper Size

Paper Size

Letter: mm

inches

Legal: mm

inches

B

208

8.2

208

8.2

D

279

11.0

356

14.0

A

216

8.5

216

8.5

C

271

10.7

348

13.7

If Auto Receive mode is se-lected, press:

If FAX/TAD mode is selected,press:

If TEL/FAX mode is selected,press:

If Manual Receive mode is se-lected, press:

EffectiveRecording

Area

BA

C D

Document

RecordingPaper

4.MANUAL

3.TEL/FAX

2.FAX/TAD

RECEPTION MODE1.FAX

Page 110: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

108

If the optional handset is in-stalled, you can make a tele-phone call using your e-STUDIO170F just like an ordi-nary telephone.

Without loading any documenton the Document Support,press:

MONITOR

You hear the dial tone throughthe speaker.

Pick up the handset to talk.

NOTE:If you do not pick up thehandset in 1 minute afterdialing, the line will be auto-matically disconnected.

When you finish talking, returnthe handset to the handsetcradle.

The display returns to theStandby Mode.

Enter the telephone number ofthe remote party using any ofthe following dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

- TELEPHONE HANDSET OPERATION (Optional)

On-hook Dialing

Press the MONITORKey

1 Dial the RemoteParty

2 Pick Up the Handset3 Replace the Handset4

Page 111: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

109

This function is for utilizingvarious information servicesvia the telephone.

Even when the dial type of yourfacsimile is set to DP (DialPulse) type, the facsimile cangenerate a TONE signal to ac-cess information services suchas facsimile-on-demand sys-tems, voice menus, etc.

Once on line, generating theTONE signal can be accom-plished by pressing:

NOTE:From the moment when

is pressed until the end

of that transaction or until

you press again, touch-

tone (MF) signals will betransmitted when you pressany key on the Dial Keypad.

When the number you dialed isbusy, or you want to redial thelast number you dialed, youcan recall the last number di-

aled using REDIAL

PAUSE

.

To use redialing with voice call-

ing, you must press MONITOR

or

pick up the optional handset ofthe facsimile first.

NOTE:To prevent others fromredialing your call, press

STOP

while in the on-hook

or off-hook status. This willclear the phone number reg-ister.

Pick up the optional handset orpress:

MONITOR

You hear the dial tone throughthe speaker or the handset.

Press:

REDIAL

PAUSE

The last-dialed number is dis-played and redialing starts im-mediately.

Tone Output Redialing

Press the REDIALKey

2Press the MONITORor Pick Up theHandset

1

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[ ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[0559761234 ]

Page 112: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

110

- COMMUNICATION STATUS

In the Standby Mode, press:

JOB STATUS

The following screen shows anexample of the Job Status dis-play when the phone line is inuse for 10 seconds (BUSYlamp blinking):

With the phone line status inStep 1 displayed, you can ei-ther continue or cancel the job.To continue, wait for the fac-simile to return to the Standby

Mode or press STOP

.

To cancel and erase the dis-played job, press:

JOB CANCEL

Press one of the followingkeys.

To cancel the job, press:

To continue without cancellingthe job, press:

Continue or Cancelthe Job

2 Select YES or NO3

• When no jobs are re-served or being pro-cessed, the screen be-low is displayed for 2seconds.

The job being processed canbe monitored via the LCD. Youcan cancel the job if neces-sary.

NOTES:• When no communication

job is being processed,only the number of re-served jobs is displayedas below.

While the screen above is dis-

played, pressing JOB STATUS

will dis-

play the Pending Job for 10seconds.

Press the JOBSTATUS Key

1A Communication Journal (orTransmission Journal and Re-ception Journal separately) canbe issued to confirm the last40 transmissions and 40 recep-tions.

With the Standby Mode screendisplayed, select the functionkey on the operation panel.

Press:

JOURNAL

A communication journal is is-sued automatically when 40transmissions or receptions arecompleted if programmed.(See page 183)

Communication JournalCurrent Job Status

PENDING JOBS= xJOB CANCEL TO CANCEL

NO ENTRY

TRANSMIT P005+81 425 85 3002

PENDING JOBS= xJOB CANCEL TO CANCEL

2.NO

CANCEL?1.YES

Page 113: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

111

A screen such as the one be-low is displayed while a docu-ment is being transmitted inthe Direct Transmission Mode.

Press:STOP

Select the desired option.

To cancel the transmission,press:

After the document exits, themenu returns to the StandbyMode.

To continue the transmission,press:

Reserved jobs can be can-celled while they remain inmemory. The following 5 typesof jobs can be cancelled usingthis procedure.

1. TRANSMIT2. RECEIVE3. POLLING4. POLLING RESERVE5. JOB NUMBER

In the Standby Mode, press:

JOB CANCEL

- CANCELLING A COMMUNICATION JOB

Cancelling a Direct Transmission Cancelling a Job Reservation

A Document isBeing Transmitted

1 Press the STOP Key2 Select the DesiredOption

3 Display the JOBCANCEL Menu

1

NOTE:The types of jobs displayedwithin the Job Cancelscreen will vary dependingupon the actual job typescurrently in use.If a job type is not currentlyactive, it will not appear onthe LCD screen.

TRANSMIT P001+81 425 86 7449

2.NO

CANCEL ?1.+81425867449

JOB CANCEL1.TRANSMIT

2.RECEIVE3.POLLING4.POLLING RESERVE5.JOB NUMBER

Page 114: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

112

Select the desired job type.

The operation and screen tofollow varies for each itemnumber selected.

If you selected 2.RECEIVE, goto Step 3.

If you selected 5.JOB NUM-BER, go to Step 3.

If you selected:

1. TRANSMIT3. POLLING4. POLLING RESERVE

Go to Step 4.

Enter the job number you wantto cancel.

Display the status of the de-

sired job by using MENU

and/or .

Go to Step 5.

When the desired job screen isdisplayed, press:

A screen like the one below isdisplayed.

Select the Job Type2 Enter JOB NUMBER3 Cancel Other Jobs4 Press the ENTER toCancel the Job

5

Cancelling a Job Reservation - continued

To confirm deletion, press:Go to Step 5.

To not cancel the selection,press:

return to Standby Mode.

2.NO

CANCEL ?1.YES

Previous Job in the List

FILE NBR = 123

MENU

Next Job in the List

MENU

JOB CANCELLED

JOB NUMBER ? [ ]

[SET]:CANCEL[ ]:SEARCH

Page 115: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

113

The Group Broadcast Trans-mission feature allows you tosend a document to multipleremote parties in a single oper-ation.

Note that a Group BroadcastTransmission requires all pag-es to be scanned to memoryprior to dialing, and thus ade-quate residual memory is re-quired.

NOTES:• If the optional handset is

installed, handset dialingis not available.

• Up to 50 groups can beassigned.

• To confirm the GroupNumber Registration,see the Group NumberList. (See page 204.)

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press the One Touch Key pro-grammed for the desired group.

Enter the Multi-address Trans-mission Group Number (1 to1999).

EXAMPLE:To enter the Group Number0001, press:

(Leading zeros, if any, maybe omitted.)

NOTES:• When an incorrect num-

ber is entered, use

to delete the preceding

digits, or press STOP

once to start over fromthe beginning.

• Any leading zero (0) canbe omitted from the Ab-breviated Dial Number.

When the correct Group Num-ber is displayed, press:

START

ADVANCED FUNCTIONS - MULTI-ADDRESS TRANSMISSION (BROADCASTING)

Group Broadcast Transmission

Load the Document1 Select the GroupLocation

2 Enter the GroupNumber

3 Press the STARTKey

4

Standby Mode screen

Or, display the Group Dial Di-rectory by pressing:

SPEED DIAL

ALPHA

+

When document scan-ning is completed:

After 2 seconds:

Standby Mode screen

When document scan-ning is completed:

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

ONE TOUCH = 05COLORADO GRP

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = xxx

GROUP NBR =(1-1999) [ ]

GROUP NBR =(1-1999) [ 1]

GROUP NBR = 0001COLORADO GRP

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = xxx

Page 116: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

114

The Multi-Key Quick BroadcastTransmission allows docu-ments to be sent to a combina-tion of the following numberswithout pre-programming agroup.

• One Touch Dial Keys(See page 90)

• Abbreviated Dial Numbers(See page 91)

• Alphabet Dialed Numbers(See page 92)

• Keypad Dialed Numbers(See page 93)

NOTE:Up to 288 destinations canbe assigned in total usingthe Keypad Dialed Num-bers, One Touch Dial keysand Alphabet Dialed Num-bers. However, up to 100destinations can be as-signed using only the Key-pad Dialed Numbers.

Enter the facsimile number ofthe remote party using any ofthe four dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

A screen like the one below isdisplayed.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press:

MULTI

CHARGECODE

Multi-Key Quick Broadcast Transmission

Load the Document1 Press the MULTIKey

2

NOTE:If you select the same entrytwice, you are prompted todelete or retain that secondentry.

Repeat this step until the fac-simile numbers of all the de-sired remote parties are en-tered.When the facsimile numbers ofall the desired remote partiesare entered, go to Step 5.

To cancel or retain a facsimilenumber already programmed toa Manual Group Dial, go toStep 4.

Enter the Facsimile Number3

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

MULTI GROUPENTER TEL NUMBER

After 2 seconds:

ABB NBR= 154INFORMATION BUREAU

ENTER MORE ORPRESS [START]

Page 117: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

115

You can cancel or retain theManual Group Dial Number reg-istered in this facsimile.Press the One Touch Key orAbbreviated Dial Number youwant to delete, and press:

Multi-Key Quick Broadcast Transmission - continued

Cancel the ExistingNumber

4a Retain the ExistingNumber

4b Press:START

Press the STARTKey

5Select the CANCEL or RETAIN Facsimile Number4

Standby Mode screen

When documentscanning is completed:

2.RETAIN

ALREADY ASSIGNED1.CANCEL

ABB NBR= 154ARE YOU SURE ?

ABB NBR= 154CANCELLED

ENTER MORE ORPRESS [START]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR= XXX

To select “1.CANCEL,” go toStep 4a.

To select “2.RETAIN,” go toStep 4b.

NOTE:You cannot cancel the num-ber entered from the DialKeypad.

To cancel the existing number,press:

(to CANCEL)

Then press:

Return to Step 3.

To retain the existing number,press:

(to RETAIN)

Return to Step 3.

Page 118: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

116

What is a “Relay Transmission”?A relay transmission is used to send documents from your facsimile (origina-tor) to a Hub Station, which then sends them to additional end stations. If youhave several stations in one or more regional areas (e.g. Los Angeles Metro,New York City, Dallas-Ft. Worth, Seattle-Tacoma, etc.); you can save timeand phone charges by setting up a relay system. By sending your documentto a Hub Station, you can then instruct the Hub Station to retransmit the docu-ment to the end stations in their local geographical area.

To perform Relay Transmissions or Relay-Relay Transmissions, you must build anetwork beforehand.

Consult your authorized TOSHIBA dealer for assistance in using this function.

Conditions for a Relay/Relay-Relay Transmission Network1. The originator station must be an ITU-T relay communication compatible fac-

simile unit such as TOSHIBA DP120F/DP125F/e-STUDIO170F.

2. The Hub Station must be an ITU-T relay communication compatible facsimileunit with Hub Station functions such as DP120F/DP125F.

NOTE: The e-STUDIO170F can only function as an originator station.

3. The Relay Hub Station must have the end station settings pre-programmedas a Relay Box.

4. Due to advanced planning and setup requirements for the Relay-Relay trans-missions involving two or more Hub Station transfers, contact your autho-rized TOSHIBA dealer for detailed instructions.

- RELAY TRANSMISSION

Relay Transmission, Relay-Relay Transmission Overview

What is a “Relay-Relay Transmission”?A Relay Transmission where two levels of Hub Stations are involved is calleda Relay-Relay Transmission. In a Relay-Relay Transmission, the first HubStation sends the document to another Hub Station(s) which then transmitsthem to additional end stations.

OriginatorStation

HubStation

End Station

End Station Group(stations to finally re-ceive the document)

OriginatorStation

HubStation

End Station

End Station Group(stations to finally re-ceive the document)

End Station

End StationSecondHub Station

SecondHub Station

Page 119: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

117

Press:MENU

+

+

This section describes the pro-cedures to send a document toRelay Box in a relay station.The relay station must be com-pliant with ITU-T F-code com-munications. For more informa-tion, see page 116.

NOTE:The destination relay boxmust be setup in the remotehub unit prior to sendingdocuments.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press:

+

Relay Transmission Originating Procedure

Load the Document1 Select the RELAYREQUEST

3Display the MAILBOXMenu

2

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

Enter the BoxNumber

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

BOX NUMBER[ ]

1.YES

SETUP PASSWORD2.NO

Page 120: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

118

Relay Transmission Originating Procedure - continued

Enter the password to accessthe Relay Box.

Then press:

Enter the facsimile number ofthe remote hub unit using anyof the following dialing meth-ods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

The facsimile starts scanningthe document into memory.The following screen is dis-played for about 2 seconds be-fore returning to the StandbyMode.

Enter the Password6 Dial the Remote HubUnit

7 Complete theProcedure

8

If the relay station is a pass-word is programmed, press:

Go to Step 6.

If the relay station is not apassword is programmed,press:

Go to Step 7.

Select the PasswordOption

5

SEND(RELAY)ENTER FAX NUMBER

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[123 ]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR= 231

Page 121: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

119

The e-STUDIO170F featuresadvanced Polling and Mailboxfunctions designed to provideremote document retrieval ca-pabilities. In addition, the e-STUDIO170F is a “Hub” typeunit where documents can bestored and polled by other fac-similes (with polling capabilitiesto retrieve documents from thee-STUDIO170F).

Polling Reservation allows documents to be stored in the e-STUDIO170F so that other facsimile machines can remotely re-trieve (Poll) those documents. The following types of polling reser-vations are available.

SimpleDocuments can be reserved for a one time polling operationusing the facsimile’s memory so that any facsimile with pollingreception capabilities can remotely retrieve the document. Seepage 121.

SecurityDocuments can be reserved for a one time polling operationthat requires a 4-digit security code to be entered prior to send-ing the document. Security reservation is only available whencommunicating with other TOSHIBA facsimiles. See page 121.

Multi MailboxDocuments can be reserved for multiple polling operations us-ing the facsimile’s memory so that any facsimile with pollingcapabilities can remotely retrieve the document. See page124.

Polling Reception is the ability to call up another facsimile and re-motely retrieve a document stored within the remote facsimile.The following types of polling receptions are available.

Simple PollingThe e-STUDIO170F can call any other facsimile with pollingreservation capabilities to remotely retrieve a document. Seepage 126.

Secure Polling

The e-STUDIO170F can call another TOSHIBA facsimile withsecurity polling reservation capabilities to remotely retrieve adocument using a 4-digit security code. See page 126.

Multi Address PollingMulti Address Polling allows the e-STUDIO170F to sequen-tially poll multiple remote facsimiles using a group of facsimilenumbers stored as a group directory or as a MULTI key opera-tion. See page 128.

- POLLING & MAILBOX COMMUNICATIONS

Polling & Mailbox Overview

Polling Reservation Polling Reception

Page 122: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

120

The Open Mailbox is a new international standard for mailbox communications. Open Mailbox (ITU-TF-code communications) allows storage and retrieval of documents via mailboxes that comply withthis standard. The e-STUDIO170F is a hub unit that has document storage capabilities so that ITU-TF-Code compliant remote units can retrieve documents from the e-STUDIO170F. Prior to utilizingOpen Mailbox, mailboxes must be created in the e-STUDIO170F. Following two types of Mailboxesare available.

Confidential BoxConfidential box allows a one time document retrieval from the mailbox. Once a document is re-trieved, it is cleared. If a new document is stored using the same box number where anotherdocument is already present, it is added to the existing one. It is possible to setup a passwordrequirement for accessing the Confidential Box for document retrieval to prevent unauthorized re-trieval of documents. This password is used only when retrieving documents and not used duringdocument reservation.

Bulletin Board BoxBulletin Board box allows multiple document retrievals from the mailbox. If a new document isstored using the same Box number where another document is already present, it replaces theexisting one. It is possible to setup a password requirement for accessing the Bulletin Board Boxfor document reservation during setup. This password is used only when reserving documentsfrom a remote facsimile or the local hub and not used during document retrieval.

1. To setup an Open Mailbox, see page 130.2. To delete an Open Mailbox, see page 132.3. To reserve a document to a remote hub, see page 134.4. To reserve a document to a local e-STUDIO170F, see page 136.5. To retrieve (Poll) a document from a remote hub, see page 138.6. To retrieve (Print) a document from a local e-STUDIO170F, see page 140.7. To delete a document from an Open Mailbox, see page 142.

Polling & Mailbox Overview - Continued

Open Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible)

Page 123: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

121

This procedure allows the e-STUDIO170F to send a docu-ment to another remote facsim-ile when requested. In addition,documents can be protectedfrom unauthorized remote fac-similes by using securitycodes. Two types of securitycodes are offered.

4-Digit Security CodeWhen the 4-digit security codeis selected as the check code,the document can only be re-ceived by TOSHIBA facsimileswith the matching securitycode.

Facsimile NumberIf a facsimile number is se-lected as the check code, theremote facsimile’s TransmitTerminal Identification (TTI) ischecked prior to documenttransmission. This type of se-curity code can be used withfacsimiles made by othermanufacturers.

This TTI must be properly pro-grammed into the remote fac-simile for this procedure tofunction.

NOTES:• Only one Simple Polling

reservation can be set atone time.

• Simple Polling reserva-tion is not available if adocument is reserved inthe Multi Mailbox.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press:MENU

+

+

Select “02.POLLING RE-SERVE” by pressing:

+

Select “1.POLL ONCE BOX”by pressing:

Simple & Security Polling Reservation

Load the Document1 Display thePOLLING Menu

2 Select POLLINGRESERVE

3 Select POLL ONCEBOX

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%AUTO RECEIVE

02.POLLING RESERVE

POLLING01.POLLING

2.MULTI POLL BOX

POLLING RESERVE1.POLL ONCE BOX

4.SECURITY FAX NBR

3.FAX NUMBER

2.SECURITY CODE

SECURITY FAX NUMBER1.NO

Page 124: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

122

Select “2.SECURITY CODE” bypressing:

Select “3.FAX NUMBER” bypressing:

Select “4.SECURITY FAX NBR”by pressing:

Use the Dial Keypad to selectone of the following options or

use MENU

/ to scroll

up/down the menu and press

.

1. NOSelect this option if you donot want to use security.Go to Step 7.

2. SECURITY CODESelect this option to use a4-digit Security Code withTOSHIBA facsimiles only.Go to Step 6a.

3. FAX NUMBERSelect this option to use thepolling (remote) facsimile’stelephone number as thesecurity code. Go to Step6b.

4. SECURITY FAX NBRSelect this option to useboth a 4-digit security codeand a facsimile number. Goto Step 6c.

The facsimile starts scanningthe document.

Simple & Security Polling Reservation - continued

Select the SecurityOption

5 Complete theProcedure

7Select SECURITYCODE

6a Select FAXNUMBER

6b Select SECURITYFAX NBR

6c

Enter a 4-digit Security Code(0000 to 9999) using the DialKeypad. Each digit of the en-tered code is displayed as anasterisk.

Then press:

Go to Step 7.

NOTE:You must provide this 4-digit number to the remoteparty in advance or they willnot be able to retrieve thisdocument. If no code or anincorrect code is used, apolling error will occur.

Enter the number of the polling(remote) facsimile using theDial Keypad (max. 20 digits).

Then press:

Go to Step 7.

NOTE:This number must be pro-grammed in the terminal IDof the remote facsimile. Ifno number or an unmatchednumber is in the terminal ID,a polling error will occur.

Enter a 4-digit Security Code(0000 to 9999) using the DialKeypad.

Then press:

Enter the number of the polling-receiver’s facsimile (max. 20digits).

When the number is displayed

correctly, press:

Go to Step 7.

When the document scanningis complete, the display returnsto the Standby Mode.

NOTE:In the Direct Transmissionmode, a document is notstored in the memory. It willawait a polling request inthe Automatic DocumentFeeder.

SECURITY CODE[ ]

SECURITY CODE[****]

SECURE FAX[ ]

SECURE FAX[123456789 ]

SECURITY CODE[ ]

SECURITY CODE[****]

SECURE FAX[ ]

SECURE FAX[123456789 ]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 140

Page 125: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

123

Simple & Security Polling Reservation - continued

NOTE:If a Simple Polling operationis already reserved, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

You may select one of the fol-lowing three options.

1. DELETESelect this option to replacethe previous reservation.

2. ADD +Select this option to addthis document to the exist-ing reservation.

3. RETAINSelect this option to retainthe existing reservation.

Complete theProcedure - continued

7

3.RETAIN

2.ADD +

ALREADY ASSIGNED1.DELETE

Page 126: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

124

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Multi Mailbox is a feature usedto store a document in memoryso that multiple remote partiesmay poll to receive it at anytime. No Security Codes areused with this feature. Thedocument is retained in memo-ry regardless of how manytimes it is polled.

NOTES:• Only one Multi Mailbox

polling reservation canbe set at one time.

• When a Simple Pollingreservation is reserved,Multi Mailbox reservationis not available.

• Even in the Direct Trans-mission mode, a docu-ment is scanned andstored in the memory.

Press:MENU

+

+

Multi Mailbox Polling Reservation

Load the Document1

Select “2.MULTI POLL BOX”by pressing:

Select MULTI POLLBOX

4

Select “02.POLLING RESERVE”by pressing:

+

Select POLLINGRESERVE

3Display thePOLLING RESERVEMenu

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%AUTO RECEIVE

02.POLLING RESERVE

POLLING01.POLLING

2.MULTI POLL BOX

POLLING RESERVE1.POLL ONCE BOX

Page 127: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

125

The facsimile starts scanningthe document.

Complete theProcedure

5

When the document scanningis complete, the display returnsto the Standby Mode.

NOTE:If a Multi Mailbox operationis already reserved, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

You may select one of the fol-lowing three options.

1. DELETESelect this option to replacethe previous reservation.

2. ADD +Select this option to addthis document to the exist-ing reservation.

3. RETAINSelect this option to retainthe existing reservation.

Multi Mailbox Polling Reservation - continued

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 140

3.RETAIN

2.ADD +

ALREADY ASSIGNED1.DELETE

Page 128: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

126

Use this procedure to retrieve adocument from a remote fac-simile.

If the remote facsimile is aTOSHIBA facsimile and a 4-digit security code is pro-grammed to the document tobe polled, you must enter thecorrect 4-digit security code inorder to retrieve the document.

Press:MENU

+

+

Select “01.POLLING” by press-ing:

+

Dial the number of the remotefacsimile (in which the docu-ment you want to retrieve islocated) using any of the follow-ing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Press:

Select the security code op-tion.

If the remote facsimile is aTOSHIBA facsimile and a 4-digit security code is pro-grammed to the document tobe polled, select “1. YES” bypressing:

Go to Step 5.

If the remote facsimile is not aTOSHIBA facsimile or a Secu-rity Code is not in use, select“2. NO” by pressing:

Go to Step 6.

Simple & Secure Polling

Display thePOLLING Menu

1 Select POLLING2 Dial the RemoteFacsimile

3 Select the SecurityCode Option

4

02.POLLING RESERVE

POLLING01.POLLING

POLLINGENTER TEL NUMBER

2.NO

SECURITY CODE ?1.YES

Page 129: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

127

Enter the 4-digit security codefor the document to be re-trieved.

The facsimile will dial the re-mote facsimile to retrieve thedocument. When the operationis complete, the followingscreen is displayed for about 2seconds and your documentswill be printed.

Enter the SecurityCode

5 Complete theProcedure

6

When the 4-digit security codeis entered, press:

Go to Step 6.

Simple & Secure Polling - continued

SECURITY CODE=[****]

OPERATION COMPLETEDFILE NBR = 167

Page 130: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

128

In a Multi Polling operation, thedocuments are retrieved frommultiple remote facsimiles us-ing pre-programmed groups,One Touch Keys, AbbreviatedDial Numbers, Alphabet Dial, orfrom the Dial Keypad.

NOTE:The result of Multi-Pollingcan be confirmed with theMulti-Polling Report. (Seepage 196.)

Select “01.POLLING” by press-ing:

+

Enter the number of the re-mote facsimiles using anycombination of the followingdialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

• Group Dialing... See page 113

After each entry, the selectedfacsimile is displayed for 2seconds.

Press:

MULTI

CHARGECODE

Multi-Address Polling

Display thePOLLING Menu

1 Select POLLING2 Press the MULTIKey

3 Enter the Number ofRemote Facsimiles

4

Repeat this procedure until allremote facsimiles are entered.

Press:MENU

+

+

02.POLLING RESERVE

POLLING01.POLLING

POLLINGENTER TEL NUMBER

MULTI POLLINGENTER TEL NUMBER

ABB. NUMBER= 009GREENSVILLE PLANT

ENTER MORE ORPRESS [START]

Page 131: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

129

Enter the 4-digit security codefor the document to be re-trieved.

The facsimile will dial the re-mote facsimiles to retrieve thedocuments. When the opera-tion is complete, the followingscreen is displayed for about 2seconds and your documentswill be printed.

When all the remote facsimilelocations have been entered inStep 4, press:

Select the SecurityCode Option

5 Enter the SecurityCode

6 Complete theProcedure

7

If all of the remote facsimilesare TOSHIBA facsimiles andthe same 4-digit security codeis programmed for all of thedocuments to be polled, select“1. YES” by pressing:

Go to Step 6.

If all or some the remote fac-similes are not a TOSHIBAfacsimile or no Security Codesare being used, select “2. NO”by pressing:

Go to Step 7.

When the 4-digit security codeis entered, press:

Multi-Address Polling - continued

2.NO

SECURITY CODE ?1.YES

SECURITY CODE=[****]

OPERATION COMPLETEDFILE NBR = 167

Page 132: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

130

This section describes the pro-cedures to setup a Mailbox inthe e-STUDIO170F hub unit.Using this function, all ITU-T F-code compliant facsimiles canreserve, transmit, or retrievedocuments to and from the e-STUDIO170F. Mailboxes mustbe setup prior to utilizing the e-STUDIO170F as a MailboxHub. A maximum of 50 ITU-TF-code mailboxes may be es-tablished in this unit. For moreinformation, see page 120. TwoTypes of Mailboxes are avail-able.

Confidential BoxConfidential box allows aone time document retrievalfrom the mailbox. Once adocument is retrieved, it iscleared. A document retriev-al password for accessingthe Confidential Box mustbe added during setup.It is important to note that apassword is required to re-trieve a document from aConfidential mailbox. Theparty retrieving the contentsof this mailbox must use thecorrect password.

Bulletin Board BoxBulletin Board box allowsmultiple document retrievalsfrom the mailbox. Documentreservation to this box re-quires a password so thatonly users with the correctpassword can reserve docu-ments.The password is not re-quired to retrieve docu-ments from the BulletinBoard Box.

Press:MENU

+

+

Select “04.SETUP & DELETE”by pressing:

+

Select “1.MAILBOX SETUP”by pressing:

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To select Confidential Box,press:

To select Bulletin Board Box,press:

- MAILBOX (ITU-T Compatible)

Setting Up a Mailbox

Select SETUP &DELETE

2 Select MAILBOXSETUP

3 Select the MailboxType

4Display the MAILBOXMenu

1

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

3.DONE

2.MAILBOX DELETE

SETUP & DELETE1.MAILBOX SETUP

2.BULLETIN BOARD

MAILBOX TYPE1.CONFIDENTIAL

BOX NUMBER[ ]

Page 133: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

131

Enter the Mailbox number(max. 20 digits).

Then press:

Select whether or not to usethe password option for thismailbox.

To set the password option forthis mailbox, press:

Go to Step 7.

If you do not wish to set thepassword option with this mail-box, press:

Go to Step 8.

NOTES:• If you selected the Confi-

dential Box in Step 4, apassword must be used ifthe document is to be re-trieved. The remote fac-simile will require its opera-tor to enter this passwordbefore being able to retrievethe document.

• If you selected the BulletinBoard Box in Step 4, as-signing a password will re-quire a password to be en-tered before any documentscan be reserved into theBulletin Board Box.

Enter the password (max. 20digits).

Setting Up a Mailbox - continued

Enter the BoxNumber

5 Select the PasswordOption

6 Enter the Password7

Then press:

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

8

Displayed for 2 seconds

Return to Step 3.

NOTE:Up to 50 Confidential andBulletin Board mailboxescan be created.

2.NO

SETUP PASSWORD1.YES

PASSWORD[***** ]

COMPLETED

Page 134: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

132

This section describes the pro-cedures to delete an existingMailbox in a e-STUDIO170Fhub unit.

NOTE:If a document exists in theMailbox you want to delete,this operation is not alloweduntil the document is re-trieved, printed, or cancelledfrom the Mailbox.

Select “2.MAILBOX DELETE”by pressing:

Enter the Box number (max.20 digits) of the Mailbox youwant to delete.

Then press:

If the entered Box numberdoes not have a password pro-grammed, go to Step 6.

If the entered Box number hasa password programmed, thescreen below is displayed.

Go to Step 5.

Deleting a Mailbox

Select SETUP &DELETE

2 Select MAILBOXDELETE

3 Enter the BoxNumber

4Display the MAILBOXMenu

1

Press:MENU

+

+

Select “04.SETUP & DELETE”by pressing:

+

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

3.DONE

2.MAILBOX DELETE

SETUP & DELETE1.MAILBOX SETUP

BOX NUMBER[ ]

PASSWORD[ ]

Page 135: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

133

Enter the Password (max. 20).

Enter the Password5

Deleting a Mailbox - continued

Then press:

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

STOP

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

6

Displayed for 2 seconds

Return to Step 2.

NOTE:Make sure that the correctpassword is entered. Other-wise, the machine will in-form you that the passwordis incorrect.

PASSWORD[***** ]

DELETED

Page 136: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

134

This section describes the pro-cedures to send a document toa remote hub unit’s Confiden-tial Box, or reserve a documentto a Bulletin Board Box in a re-mote hub unit. The remote hubunit must be compliant withITU-T F-code communications.For more information, see page120.

NOTE:The destination mailboxnumber must be setup inthe remote hub unit prior tosending document.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To send the document to aConfidential Box, press:

+

Sending a Document to a Mailbox (Remote Hub)

Load the Document1

To reserve the document to aBulletin Board Box, press:

+

Display the MAILBOXMenu

2

Press:MENU

+

+

Select the Mailbox Type3

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

CONFIDENTIAL1.PRINT MAILBOX

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

BULLETIN BOARD1.PRINT MAILBOX

Page 137: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

135

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

If you are sending to a Confi-dential Box, go to Step 7.

Enter the password to accessthe Bulletin Board Box.

Then press:

Enter the facsimile number ofthe remote hub unit using anyof the following dialing meth-ods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Then press:

The facsimile starts scanningthe document into memory.The following screen is dis-played for about 2 seconds be-fore returning to the StandbyMode.

Enter the BoxNumber

5 Enter the Passwordfor Reservation

6 Dial the Remote HubUnit

7 Complete theProcedure

8

Sending a Document to a Mailbox (Remote Hub) - continued

Select “2. SEND TO MAIL-BOX” by pressing:

Select SEND TOMAILBOX

4

If you are sending to a BulletinBoard, go to Step 6.

NOTE:If a document is not set, thefollowing screen will be dis-played. The menu will returnto the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if nodocuments are set.

BOX NUMBER[ ]

SEND(CONFIDENTIAL)ENTER FAX NUMBER

PASSWORD[ ]

SEND(BULLETIN BOARD)ENTER FAX NUMBER

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[123 ]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 231

LOAD DOCUMENT

Page 138: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

136

This section describes the pro-cedure to reserve a documentto the e-STUDIO170F’s Confi-dential Box or Bulletin BoardBox.

NOTES:• Before a document can

be reserved to a mail-box; that mailbox mustfirst be setup. See page130.

• While a mailbox youwant to reserve a docu-ment is being used, thisoperation is not allowed.

• When a document is al-ready resident in theConfidential Box, thesecond document re-served in the box isadded to the original. Inthe case of the BulletinBoard, the second docu-ment overwrites theoriginal.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To reserve the document to aConfidential Box, press:

+

Reserving a Document to a Mailbox (Local Hub)

Load the Document1

To reserve the document to aBulletin Board Box, press:

+

Display the MAILBOXMenu

2

Press:MENU

+

+

Select the Mailbox Type3

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

CONFIDENTIAL1.PRINT MAILBOX

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

BULLETIN BOARD1.PRINT MAILBOX

Page 139: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

137

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

If you are reserving to a Confi-dential Box, go to Step 7.

If you are reserving to a Bulle-tin Board Box, go to Step 6.

Enter the password to accessthe Bulletin Board Box.

The facsimile starts scanningthe document into memory.The following screen is dis-played for about 2 seconds be-fore returning to the StandbyMode.

Enter the BoxNumber

5 Enter the Passwordfor Reservation

6 Complete theProcedure

7

Reserving a Document to a Mailbox (Local Hub) - continued

Then press:

Select “4.STORE TO MAIL-BOX” by pressing:

Select STORE TOMAILBOX

4

NOTE:If a document is not set, thefollowing screen will be dis-played. The menu will returnto the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if nodocuments are set.

BOX NUMBER[ ]

PASSWORD[ ]

PASSWORD[**** ]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 231

LOAD DOCUMENT

Page 140: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

138

This section describes the pro-cedure to retrieve a documentfrom a Confidential Box or Bul-letin Board Box in a remotehub unit.

Retrieving (Polling) a Document from a Mailbox (Remote Hub)

Display theMAILBOX Menu

1

Press:MENU

+

+

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To retrieve a document in aConfidential Box, press:

+

To retrieve a document in aBulletin Board Box, press:

+

Select the Mailbox Type2

Select “3.POLL FROM MAIL-BOX” by pressing:

Select POLL FROMMAILBOX

3

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

CONFIDENTIAL1.PRINT MAILBOX

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

BULLETIN BOARD1.PRINT MAILBOX

BOX NUMBER[ ]

Page 141: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

139

Enter the password to accessthe Confidential Box.

Then press:

Enter the facsimile number ofthe remote hub unit using anyof the following dialing meth-ods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

The facsimile starts dialing theremote hub unit to retrieve thedocument. The following screenis displayed for about 2 sec-onds before returning to theStandby Mode.

Enter the Password5 Dial the Remote HubUnit

6 Complete theProcedure

7

Retrieving a Document from a Mailbox (Remote Hub) - continued

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

If you are retrieving from aConfidential Box, go to Step 5.

Enter the BoxNumber

4

If you are retrieving from a Bul-letin Board Box, go to Step 6.

Then press:

NOTE:If a document is not set, thefollowing screen will be dis-played. The menu will returnto the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if nodocuments are set.

PASSWORD[ ]

POLL(BULLETIN BOARD)ENTER FAX NUMBER

POLL(CONFIDENTIAL)ENTER FAX NUMBER

TEL NUMBER=(MAX128)[123 ]

OPERATION COMPLETEDFILE NBR = 234

LOAD DOCUMENT

Page 142: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

140

This section describes the pro-cedure to retrieve a documentfrom a local e-STUDIO170F’sConfidential Box or BulletinBoard Box. For more informa-tion, see page 130.

Printing a Document from a Mailbox (Local Hub)

Select “1.PRINT MAILBOX” bypressing:

Select PRINTMAILBOX

3Display theMAILBOX Menu

1

Press:MENU

+

+

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To print the contents of a Con-fidential Box, press:

+

To print the contents of a Bul-letin Board Box, press:

+

Select the Mailbox Type2

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

CONFIDENTIAL1.PRINT MAILBOX

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

BULLETIN BOARD1.PRINT MAILBOX

BOX NUMBER[ ]

Page 143: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

141

Enter the password to accessthe Confidential Box.

Then press:

The facsimile starts printing thedocument. The following screenis displayed during the printingsequence before returning tothe Standby Mode.

Printing a Document from a Mailbox (Local Hub) - continued

Enter the Password5 Complete theProcedure

6

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

If you are printing from a Confi-dential Box, go to Step 5.

Enter the BoxNumber

4

If you are printing from a Bulle-tin Board Box, go to Step 6.

NOTE:If there is no document inthe mailbox, the following isdisplayed for about 2 sec-onds.

PASSWORD[ ]

NO ENTRY

JAN-31 09:43 AM 80%PRINTING

Page 144: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

142

This section describes the pro-cedure to cancel the docu-ments stored in the e-STUDIO170F. This operationwill erase all existing docu-ments in each Mailbox, but noterase the Mailbox itself.

Cancelling Documents in a Mailbox (Local Hub)

Select “5.DELETE CON-TENTS” by pressing:

Select CANCELMAILBOX

3Display theMAILBOX Menu

1

Press:MENU

+

+

Select the desired type of Mail-box.

To delete the contents of aConfidential Box, press:

+

To delete the contents of aBulletin Board Box, press:

+

Select the Mailbox Type2

04.SETUP & DELETE

03.RELAY REQUEST

02.BULLETIN BOARD

ITU MAILBOX01.CONFIDENTIAL

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

CONFIDENTIAL1.PRINT MAILBOX

5.DELETE CONTENTS

4.STORE TO MAILBOX

3.POLL FROM MAILBOX

2.SEND TO MAILBOX

BULLETIN BOARD1.PRINT MAILBOX

BOX NUMBER[ ]

Page 145: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

143

Enter the password to accessConfidential Box.

The facsimile will display thefollowing screen for approxi-mately 2 seconds before re-turning to the Standby Mode.

Cancelling Documents in a Mailbox (Local Hub) - continued

Enter the Password5 Complete theProcedure

6

Then press:

Enter the Box Number (max.20 digits).

Then press:

If you are cancelling the con-tents of a Box with a passwordassigned, go to Step 5.

If you are cancelling the con-tents of a Box with no pass-word assigned, go to Step 6.

NOTE:If the specified data in themailbox are in the commu-nication process, they can-not be cancelled.

Enter the BoxNumber

4

PASSWORD[***** ]

DELETED

Page 146: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

144

The Department Code Standbymenu is shown below.

Enter the 5-digit DepartmentCode preset for your depart-ment.

This procedure assumes thatyou have selected and config-ured Department Codes onpages 53, 54 and 55 of thismanual.

Once selected, the use of thefacsimile is limited to autho-rized personnel only.

NOTE:The usage for each depart-ment is recorded on the De-partment Control List (seepage 200).

If the password you have en-tered is valid, the ordinaryStandby Mode screen (asshown below) will be displayed.Access will be limited to onetransmission job or one Opera-tion Panel function (printing alist, accessing a Mailbox, etc.)

If the password does notmatch, verify your passwordand re-enter.

- ADVANCED TRANSMISSION FUNCTIONS

Department Code Access

DEPT CODEStandby Menu

1 Enter theDepartment Code

2 Complete theProcedure

3

Then press:

NOTE:If you do not have a validDepartment Code Password,you cannot access this fac-simile.Contact the key operator orsupervisor for more informa-tion.

NOTES:• Upon entering a valid 5-

digit password, thestandby prompt will remainon the LCD for one opera-tion or one minute which-ever occurs first.

• If no keys are pressed forabout 60 seconds duringthe above Standby Mode,the screen will return toDEPT CODE StandbyMenu.

JAN-31 09:43 AM 80%ENTER DEPT CODE

ENTER DEPT CODE[*****]

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Page 147: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

145

This procedure assumes thatyou have enabled the AccountCode option on page 57 of thismanual.

Once enabled, the facsimilewill prompt for an AccountCode prior to dialing the remoteparty.

The entered Account Code willbe printed in the Account Codecolumn on the Activity Journal(see pages 191).

NOTES:• “Account Code” tracking is

only possible when usingmemory communications(Memory Transmission,Polling Receptions, etc.).

• Once entered, an AccountCode is only effective forthat communication pro-cedure. It will automati-cally clear upon comple-tion of the communication,upon job cancellation, orupon a communication er-ror.

Enter the 4-digit Account Code. The facsimile starts scanningthe document into memory.When the document scanningis complete, the display returnsto the Standby Mode.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Account Code Entry

Load the Document1 Enter the FacsimileNumber

2 Enter an AccountCode

3 Complete theProcedure

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

ENTER ACCOUNT CODE[ ]

ENTER ACCOUNT CODE[****]

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 244

Then press:

NOTE:It is possible to send adocument without enteringan Account Code. Simplypress

or .

START

Page 148: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

146

Start constructing your dialingsequence using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods. Youmay use them consecutivelyuntil your entire dialing stringhas been entered. After eachentry sequence, the LCDscreen displays the screenshown in step 2.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

• Pause Signal

Select the direct function ac-cess button on the OperationPanel.

Press:

When all the required entriesare made, press:

This allows you to dial tele-phone/facsimile numbers thatmay require many digits withpauses for voice prompts orvariations in number se-quences such as long distanceaccess codes, or specializedaccess lines. You can combinesets of numbers (AbbreviatedDialing, Alphabet Dialing, OneTouch Dialing, and Keypad Di-aling) and pauses in a“Chained” dial sequence by us-ing the Chain Dial Key.

If your operation requires paus-ing for voice prompts, you willneed to insert pause signalsbetween dial strings.

To determine the correctamount of time for your paus-es, you should perform the op-

eration using MONITOR

first. This

way you will know how many 3-second pauses will be required.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Chain Dialing

Load the Document1 Display the CHAINDIAL COMM. Menu

2 Enter the DialNumber

3 Press the STARTKey

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

CHAIN DIAL COMM.ENTER TEL NUMBER.

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NBR = 108

CHAIN DIAL

REDIAL

PAUSE

The facsimile starts scanningthe document into memory,displaying the screen shownbelow. When document scan-ning is complete, the displayreturns to the Standby Mode.

START

Page 149: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

147

Memory Transmission allowsyour facsimile to quickly scandocuments to memory and re-turn them to you. You do nothave to wait for the transmis-sion to be completed. This in-creases productivity as othersdo not have to wait in line tosend a facsimile.

Each time you send a facsimilewith memory transmission, theamount of residual memory willbe reduced.

Additionally, each time yousend a memory transmission, acommunication reservation orFile Number is assigned.

When Memory Transmission isnot selected, the Direct Docu-ment Transmission (tray) modeis active by default. This allowsyour facsimile to function with-out the use of document memo-ry.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the desired transmis-sion mode.

To set Memory Transmissionto ON, press:

Display theMEMORY TX Menu

1 Select theTransmission Mode

2

Default Setting for Memory Transmission

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

MENU

To set Memory Transmissionto OFF, press:

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

2.OFF

MEMORY TX1.ON

COMPLETED

Page 150: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

148

This function allows transmis-sions only when the numberyou dial matches the numberprogrammed in the remote fac-simile. If the numbers do notmatch, Security Transmissionprevents your facsimile fromsending by indicating a trans-mission error.

NOTE:The remote facsimile’s Ter-minal ID (TTI) must be setwith the correct phone num-ber. Otherwise, a transmis-sion error will occur.

Select the desired option.

To set Security Transmissionto ON, press:

Press:

+

+

+

+

Default Setting for Security Transmission

Display theSECURITY TX Menu

1 Select the DesiredOption

2

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

MENU

To set Security Transmissionto OFF, press:

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

NOTE:Telephone numbers areverified by their last 5 digits.

1.ON

SECURITY TX2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 151: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

149

This function enables the at-tachment of a cover sheet tothe document being transmit-ted.

Prior to selecting this functionfor the first time, you may wishto prepare a Cover Sheet im-age (Logo) to be used on thecover sheet. See Step 4 of thisprocedure.

Load the image document to beincluded on the cover sheet.

NOTE:In preparing a document foryour cover sheet image,only a limited area of thesheet will be included asshown below. Any data outof the specified range willbe disregarded.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Enable or Disable the CoverSheet attachment.

When the document is pulledinto the appropriate position,the following screen is dis-played.

Press:

Display the COVERSHEET Menu

1 Enable / Disable theCover Sheet

2 Include an Image onthe Cover Sheet

3 Load the ImageDocument

4

Cover Sheet Registration

Image Area

Go to Step 4.

To omit an image on the coversheet, press:

LOAD DOCUMENT

PRESS [START]

MENU

When “OFF” is selected, the“COMPLETED” message willbe displayed. The facsimile re-turns to the Standby Mode.

(for OFF-Disable)

When “ON” is selected, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

(for ON-Enable)

To include an image (ascanned company logo, etc.),press:

(for YES)

When “NO” is selected, the“COMPLETED” message willbe displayed. The facsimile re-turns to the Standby Mode.

(for NO)

If Cover Sheet has alreadybeen registered, the menuscreen for selecting "DELETE"or "RETAIN" will be displayed.

5.9 in.(150mm)

FeedDirection

EffectiveRange

When scanning is complete,the facsimile returns to theStandby Mode.

START

1.ON

COVER SHEET2.OFF 2.NO

LOAD DOCUMENT1.YES

Page 152: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

150

Recovery Transmission allowsthe operator to re-transmit adocument after failing the ini-tially specified number of redialattempts.

If Recovery Transmission isset to ON, the document isstored in memory for a speci-fied length of time. You mayretransmit the document withinthis time period without re-scanning the original docu-ment.

Press:

+

+

+

+

To turn ON Recovery Trans-mission, press:

Enter the stored time length(01 to 24, in unit of hours).

Select the RecoveryTransmit Option

2 Enter the STOREDTIME

3Display theRECOVERYTRANSMIT Menu

1

Setting Recovery Transmission

STORE TIME(1-24) [ 8]

COMPLETED

MENU

Go to Step 3.

To turn OFF Recovery Trans-mission, press:

When “OFF” is selected, the“COMPLETED” message willbe displayed. The facsimile re-turns to the Standby Mode.

Then press:

When completed, the followingscreen is displayed for about 2seconds. Press

to return to the Standby

Mode.

STOP

1.ON

RECOVERY TX2.OFF

Page 153: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

151

To properly identify the sender of your documents, the e-STUDIO170F prints a transmission header (TTI) on the recording paper of the remote facsimile. The informationincluded in the TTI are:

• Date and Start TimeThe date and start time when this document was sent to the remote facsimile.

• Transmitting Station ID Name (see page 43)

• Transmission Serial Number

With each transmission, the e-STUDIO170F automatically assigns a unique transmission number. This number is also printed on the Activity Journals.

• Page Number/Total Number of PagesEach page of the document is printed with a page number followed by the total number of pages in the document (e.g. 001/003 means the first page of three totalpages).

• File NumberEach document sent from memory is assigned a file number. This file number is used by the e-STUDIO170F to assist you in managing multiple document jobs.

You can select the following options for your TTI information.• Inside

The document is sent to the receiver with the TTI included in the document data. Accordingly, if any characters exist near the top edge of the sending data, they maybe overlapped with the TTI.

• OutsideThe document is sent to the receiver with the TTI to be printed outside the sending data. Accordingly, if any characters exist near the top edge of the sending data, theTTI and the sending data will not overlap in transmission.

• Off

IMPORTANT NOTE:The U.S. Federal Communication Commission (FCC) requires that anyone sending a facsimile message must identify themselves (or company), give their facsimile tele-phone number, and provide the date and time of the transmission. This information must be on the lead-edge of, at least, the first page of the facsimile transmission.

TTI (Transmit Terminal ID) Print

Total PageNumber

01-31-2005 10:00 FROM- TOSHIBA +1-714-583-0000 T-123 P.001/003 F-030

Date

Start Time

TransmissionStation ID Name File Number

PageNumber

TransmissionSerial Number

Page 154: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

152

Press:

+

+

+

+

Display the TTIMenu

1

Select the TTI Print option.

To select INSIDE, press:

Select the TTI PrintOption

2

TTI (Transmit Terminal ID) Print - continued

MENU

To select OUTSIDE, press:

To select OFF, press:

The display shows the screenbelow to indicate that the menuselection is completed.To return to the Standy Mode,

press .STOP

3.OFF

2.OUTSIDE

TTI1.INSIDE

COMPLETED

Page 155: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

153

Send after Scan Default Setting

Display the SENDAFTER SCAN Menu

1This feature enables you to de-termine whether the dialingstarts while the machine isscanning the documents or af-ter the machine has scannedall documents in the MemorySend mode.Also, if dialing after scanning isselected, you can select to de-lete or send the scanned pageswhen the memory becomes fullduring scanning.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the SendAfter Scan Option

2 Select the MemoryFull Option

3

Select the desired Memory FullOption.

To cancel the page beingscanned, press:

Go to Step 3.

To disable Send After Scan,press: Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

4

MENU

Select the desired Send AfterScan Option.

To enable Send After Scan,press:

Go to Step 4.

The following is displayed for 2seconds.

To send the pages beingscanned, press:

NOTE:

Even if is selected,

transmission will not startwhen memory full occurs atthe first page.

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

1.ON

SEND AFTER SCAN2.OFF

COMPLETED

2.SEND SCANNED PAGES

UPON MEMORY FULL1.CANCEL SENDING

Page 156: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

154

This setting enables or dis-ables the e-STUDIO170F send-ing documents longer than 1Meter (39.4”). The default set-ting enables the 1 Meter (39.4”)limit.

NOTE:If you select “Any Length”,the machine will be unableto detect a document jam.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the Document Lengthoption.

To select 1m, press:

Select the DocumentLength Option

2

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other settings referringto their associated pages forinstructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3Display theDOCUMENT LENGTHMenu

1

Document Length Setting

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

MENU

To select ANY LENGTH,press: to exit the Configuration Set-

ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

2.ANY LENGTH

DOCUMENT LENGTH1.1M (39 INCHES)

Page 157: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

155

Some telephone PBX (PrivateBranch Exchange) systemscan track and monitor all out-going calls made by a fac-simile. This is done by enteringa PIN code after dialing thedestination facsimile number.

The Toshiba e-STUDIO170Ffacilitates the telephone PBXsystem by masking the PINentered with a “$” on both theLCD and TX Reports/Journals.

NOTE:This feature is limited tokeypad dialing.This feature is not availablewith Abbreviated, Alphabet,or One Touch Key dialing.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press the CHARGE CODE keyto initiate the PIN number se-quence. A “+” will be displayedon the LCD display.

Enter the number of the re-mote facsimile.

Enter the PIN number.

PIN Mask

Load the Document1 Enter the FacsimileNumber

2 Press the CHARGECODE Key

3 Enter the PINNumber

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

TEL NUMBER=(MAX 128)[17145551212 ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX 128)[17145551212+ ]

TEL NUMBER=(MAX 128)[17145551212+$$$$ ]

MULTI

CHARGECODE

The PIN number entered ismasked with “$” displayed onthe LCD display.

When the entry is complete,

press .START

Page 158: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

156

There are occasions when youmay wish to secure access toincoming documents. SecureRX allows you to receive docu-ments to memory until a secu-rity code is entered. This en-sures that only users with thecorrect security code may re-trieve documents. In addition,Secure RX can be setup to au-tomatically activate during aspecified time period.

To setup Secure RX, a 4-digitsecurity code must be pro-grammed first. After program-ming the security code, youcan specify the time periodduring which Secure RX will beactive. 24-hour coverage forspecific days of the week isselectable. This section de-scribes the procedure for pro-gramming a security code orchanging an existing securitycode.

Press:

+

+

+

+

To select a security code forthe first time or to change anexisting security code, press:

+

If the security code already ex-ists and you wish to changethe current code, go to Step 3.

When you enter a securitycode for the first time, go toStep 4.

If a new code needs to be en-tered:

Before you change the securitycode, you must enter the exist-ing code to gain access. Enterthe current security code.

Secure Reception Access Code Setting

Select the SECURERX Option

2 Enter the CurrentSecurity Code

3Display the SECURERX Menu

1

- ADVANCED RECEPTION FUNCTIONS

02.SECURE RX

SECURE RX01.SECURITY CODE

NEW SECURITY CODE[ ]

ENTER SECURITY CODE[ ]

NEW SECURITY CODE[ ]

Enter your new 4-digit securitycode.

Enter a NewSecurity Code

4

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

MENU

If a code already exists:

Then press:

Go to Step 4.

If the correct code is entered,following is displayed.

Then press:

Page 159: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

157

Secure Reception Access Code Setting - continued

After completing this Configura-tion Setting, you may continueto select other settings referringto their associated pages forinstructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

5

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

Page 160: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

158

This section describes the pro-cedure to setup the e-STUDIO170F to automaticallyactivate Secure RX during aspecified time period. Prior tosetting this option, you musthave a security code set in thefacsimile.

NOTES:• If a security code is not

set, the e-STUDIO170Fautomatically prompts thesecurity code setting. Seethe preceding section fordetails on setting the se-curity code.

• Before setting Secure RX,be sure the Memory Re-ception Setting is set toON.

Press:

+

+

+

+

To set the activity period forSecure RX, press:

+

NOTE:If a security code is not set,the e-STUDIO170F auto-matically prompts the secu-rity code setting. See thepreceding section for detailson setting the securitycode.

Enter the current securitycode.

Select the SECURERX Option

2 Enter the SecurityCode

3Display the SECURERX Menu

1

Secure RX Activation Period Setting

SECURITY CODE[ ]

Activate theAutomatic Secure RX

4

Go to Step 5.

To de-activate Secure RX,press:

MENU

Then press:

To activate Secure RX, press:

Then press:

to return to the Standby Mode.

STOP

02.SECURE RX

SECURE RX1.SECURITY CODE

1.ON

SECURE RX2.OFF

2.FIXED TIME

MONDAY1.ALL DAY

Page 161: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

159

Enter the time period (starttime and end time) subject toautomatic activation using thefollowing keys.

To set Secure RX for the entire24-hour-period for the day dis-played, press:

The following is displayed for 2seconds.

Press STOP

to return to the

Standby Mode.

Secure RX Activation Period Setting - continued

Set for Each Day5 Complete theProcedure

7

To move the entrypoint to the left orright.

To enter thedesired nu-meric valuefor each timedigit.

To change the time-of-day forward orbackward when the12-hour system isused.

When the start time and endtime of the desired period isdisplayed correctly, press:

Enter the Start andEnd Time

6

COMPLETED

START/STOP TIME[10:00PM-09:00AM]

If you select “1.ALL DAY” forevery day of the week, you willgo to Step 7.

To specify a time period forSecure Rx operation on thisday, press:

Repeat this step until you se-lect ALL DAY or FIXED TIMEfor each day of the week (up toSunday).

If you selected “2.FIXEDTIME” for any day of the week,you will go to Step 6 after se-lecting the options for sevendays of the week.

NOTE:The day of the week isshown in the LCD. SelectingALL DAY for Mondaymeans Secure RX will beactive for the entire 24hours of Monday.

MENU

NOTE:The time period entered inthis step will be applied toall the days of the weekwith the time period se-lected.

Page 162: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

160

This section describes the pro-cedure to manually de-activateSecure RX.

This function will permit you totemporarily de-activate SecureRX to printout documents re-tained within memory.

NOTES:• In order to manually de-

activate Secure RX, youmust first activate SecureRX. (See page 158).

• If the Secure RX has beenset to ON, the facsimileactivates it automaticallyafter a document, whichhas been stored in thememory, is output.

Press:

+

+

To temporarily de-activate Se-cure RX, press:

Secure RX Temporary Stop

Display the SECURERX Menu

1

ENTER SECURITY CODE[ ]

SECURE RX1.TEMPORARY STOP

Select TEMPORARYSTOP

2 ENTER the SecurityCode

3

COMPLETED

Then press:

ENTER SECURITY CODE[****]

NOTE:If Secure RX Activation isset to OFF, an error will re-sult in the operation above.The message “SETTING ISOFF” will be displayed for 2seconds, then the screenreturns to the StandbyMode.

MENU

Enter the 4-digit security code.

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection. Then thedisplay returns to the StandbyMode.

Page 163: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

161

Press:

+

+

+

+

To set Memory Reception ON,press:

When the printer becomes unavailable during a document recep-tion, due to a recording paper jam, toner empty or other error con-dition, this facsimile backs up the received data by storing it inmemory.

The document data is received and stored in memory. The natureof trouble is indicated on the LCD display with an ALARM lampblinking.

Display MEMORYRX Menu

1 Select the MemoryReception Option

2

To retrieve the data stored in memory, simply correct the errorcondition (such as refill your paper tray with recording paper). Yourdocument will be printed automatically.

NOTES:• The default setting is ON.

• When OFF is selected, no receptions will be possibleshould the paper supply be exhausted or a paper jam oc-curs.

• Note that Memory Reception will not occur when the re-sidual memory is zero. When the residual memory be-comes zero during a Memory Reception, document recep-tion will stop and no further receptions are possible untilmemory becomes available.

Memory Reception Setting

COMPLETED

MENU

To set Memory Reception toOFF, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOPJAN-31 09:43 AM 90%PAPER EMPTY

2.OFF

MEMORY RX1.ON

Page 164: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

162

This function allows the reduc-tion of the received image, ifthe received document is largerthan the recording paper.

To set RX Reduction to ON,press:

Display the SET RXREDUCTION Menu

1 Select the DesiredOption

2

Press:

+

+

+

+

Reception-Reduction Setting

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

NOTES:• The default setting is ON.

• If the size of the receiveddocument exceeds the pre-determined dimensions:

1. When RX Reduction isON,

- The document will bereduced and recorded ifit is within the predeter-mined reduction ratio. Ifthe portion of the docu-ment to be discarded iswithin the predetermineddimensions, it will bediscarded.

2. When RX Reduction isOFF,

- The document will bedivided and recordedonto two or more sheets.

• This setting is only avail-able for document recep-tion. It is not available forcopying.

• To change this predeter-mined dimension, contactyour service representa-tive.

MENU

To set RX Reduction to OFF,press:

2.OFF

RX REDUCTION1.ON

Page 165: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

163

To set DISCARD function toON, press:

This function allows up to 13mm* of the lower portion of thedocument to be discarded, ifthe document is larger than therecording paper.

* To change this predeter-mined dimension, contactyour service representative.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Display theDISCARD Menu

1 Select the DesiredOption

2

Reception-Discard Setting

2.OFF

DISCARD1.ON

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

NOTES:• The default setting is ON.

• When the portion of thereceived document to bediscarded exceeds thepredetermined dimensions:

Even if Reception-Discardis ON, the document willbe divided and recordedonto two or more sheets ifRX Reduction is ON (Seepage 162).

• This setting is only avail-able for document recep-tion. It is not available forcopying.

MENU

To set DISCARD function toOFF, press:

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

Page 166: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

164

To set REVERSE ORDERPRINT to ON, Press:

Reverse Order Printing SettingThis function receives the en-tire facsimile document intomemory and then prints thedocument in reverse order. Inthis way, the pages of the doc-ument will be in correct order.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Display theREVERSE ORDERPRINT Menu

1 Select the DesiredOption

2

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

COMPLETED

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

NOTES:• The default setting is OFF.

• If the dimension of thememory is 256KB or less,the setting of Reverse Or-der Printing is invalid.

MENU

To set REVERSE ORDERPRINT to OFF, press:

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

1.ON

REV. ORDER PRINT2.OFF

Page 167: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

165

Press:

+

+

+

+

This function prevents yourfacsimile from receiving docu-ments from unknown parties.Transmissions to the e-STUDIO170F are only possiblewhen the sending facsimile’sterminal identification or tele-phone number match those as-signed to the Abbreviated DialNumbers or One Touch DialKeys on your facsimile.

NOTES:• The default setting is OFF.

• Privileged Reception is ef-fective only on incomingcalls received in the AutoReceive Mode.

• Privileged Reception is notavailable for polling or mail-box retrieval requests fromthe remote facsimiles.

• For this feature to work,you must pre-program thenumbers of the facsimilesin your communication sys-tem into your e-STUDIO170F’s Abbreviat-ed Number or One TouchDial Key database. In addi-tion, the remote facsimilemust have the correct tele-phone number programmedas its terminal identifica-tion.

To turn ON Privileged Recep-tion, press:

Display thePRIVILEGED RXMenu

1 Select the PrivilegedReception Option

2

Privileged Reception

COMPLETED

MENU

To turn OFF Privileged Recep-tion, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

After completing this Configu-ration Setting, you may con-tinue to select other settingsreferring to their associatedpages for instructions, or press

Select AnotherSETUP Item, or ...

3

to exit the Configuration Set-ting mode and return to theStandby Mode.

STOP

1.ON

PRIVILEGED RX2.OFF

Page 168: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

166

To clearly identify the time, date, and page count of your facsimile receptions, the e-STUDIO170F isable to print a Reception Footer (RTI) on received documents using the e-STUDIO170F’s internalclock.

Press:

+

+

+

+

NOTES:• The Transmitting Station ID Number will only be provided if it is programmed in the remote

facsimile’s Terminal ID.

• The Receiving Station ID will only be provided if it is programmed in this facsimile’s TerminalID.

Display the RTIMenu

1

Select the RTI Print option.

To print, press:

Select the RTI PrintOption

2

RTI (Remote Terminal ID) Print

MENU

To not print, press:

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the SETUPmenu screen.

The press:

STOP

to return to the Standby Mode.

RECEIVED 01-31-2005 10:00 FROM-+81425887449 TO-TOSHIBA PAGE 001

Date

Start Time

Transmitting StationID Number

PageNumber

Footer MessageReceiving Station ID

1.ON

RTI2.OFF

COMPLETED

Page 169: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

167

This function prevents yourfacsimile from sending to anincorrectly dialed phone. Withthis function set ON, the dialednumber will be checked againstthe remote facsimile’s pro-grammed Transmit Terminal ID(TTI). The transmission willonly occur if the number dialedmatches the remote party’snumber.You can turn the SECURITYTX ON for a single transmis-sion using this procedure.

NOTES:• To change the default set-

ting of this function, referto page 148. The statusselection in this operationwill take precedence overthe default setting.

• The facsimile will auto-matically return to its de-fault status immediatelyafter that transmission iscomplete.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Turn ON Security Transmis-sion by pressing:

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods or youmay designate another optionat this point.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Security Transmission

Load the Document1 Display theSECURITY TX Menu

2 Select the Option3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4

- TRANSMISSION OPTIONS

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

1.ON

SECURITY TX2.OFF

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

MENU

The following screen is dis-played. You may dial the re-mote facsimile for your com-munication job. The display willreturn to the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if no keysare pressed.

Turn OFF Security Transmis-sion by pressing:

Page 170: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

168

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select “2.OFF” by pressing:

If the ECM default setting isset to ON, it is always effec-tive for communications onyour facsimile (see page 60).

You can turn the ECM OFF fora single transmission usingthis procedure. The facsimilewill automatically return to itsdefault status immediately af-ter that transmission is com-plete.

NOTES:• If ECM is set to “OFF” in

the default setting proce-dure, this procedure is notapplicable and the fac-simile will warn you withan error message, “NOTALLOWED NOW.”

• You can change the set-ting even when a docu-ment is not set on theDocument Support. Thesetting becomes invalid ifno keys are pressed forabout 60 seconds.

Display the SETECM Menu

1 Select the ECMOption

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

Disabling ECM Temporarily

MENU

The following screen is dis-played. You may dial the re-mote facsimile for your com-munication job. The display willreturn to the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if no keysare pressed.

2.OFF

ECM1.ON

Page 171: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

169

This function attaches a sub-address to the standard desti-nation address in the event theremote party requires one.

Three types of sub-addressescan be used (SUB, SEP, andPWD); or any combination oftwo or three types can beused. After selecting the de-sired types, the transmissionto follow will be sent to the de-sired address using the desig-nated sub-address.

You can activate this optionwhile programming an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number (page 66) orOne Touch Dial Key (page 72)if communication with a certainremote party always requiresthis option.

If you activate this option usingboth an Abbreviated Dial Num-ber (or One Touch Dial Key)setting and using this proce-dure for the same destination,this operation will take prece-dence over the pre-pro-grammed setting in the Abbre-viated Dial or One Touch Dial.

NOTE:For more information onwhen to use SUB/SEP/PWD, refer to page 70. Ifyou designate an erroneousor unnecessary sub-ad-dress, the communicationwill result in an error.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Select one of the following op-tions from the menu.

To select SUB, press:

Enter the required SUB address(max. 20 digits), then press:

Dialing with Sub-Address

Load the Document1 Select the Option3 Enter the SUBAddress

4Display the SUBADDRESS COMMMenu

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

MENU

Go to Step 4.

To select SEP, press:

Go to Step 5.

To select PWD, press:

Go to Step 6.

To complete this procedure,press:

Go to Step 7.

The display returns to thescreen at the bottom of Step 2.You may continue from Step 3and enter another sub-addressof a different type. To completeyour sub-address entry, selectoption “1.DONE” in Step 3.

4.SUBADDRESS PWD

3.SUBADDRESS SEP

2.SUBADDRESS SUB

SUB ADDRESS COMM.1.DONE

Page 172: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

170

Enter the required SEP ad-dress (max. 20 digits), thenpress:

Enter the required PWD (max.20 digits), then press:

When the sub-address datahas been entered, the followingis displayed.

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods or youmay designate another optionat this point.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Dialing with Sub-Address - continued

Enter the SEPAddress

5 Enter the PWD6 Complete theSub-Address Entry

7 Enter the FacsimileNumber

8

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

The display returns to thescreen at the bottom of Step 2.You may continue from Step 3and enter another sub-addressof a different type. To completeyour sub-address entry, selectoption “1.DONE” in step 3.

The display returns to thescreen at the bottom of Step 2.You may continue from Step 3and enter another sub-addressof a different type. To completeyour sub-address entry, selectoption “1.DONE” in Step 3.

NOTE:When all the Sub-Ad-dresses are set:If the document is loaded inthe Document Support,transmission starts with acombination of SUB andPWD.If the document is notloaded in the DocumentSupport, transmission startswith a combination of SEPand PWD.

Page 173: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

171

Enabling or Disabling Send after Scan Temporarily

Load the Document1If the Send After Scan ModeDefault Setting is set to “OFF”,this feature allows you enablethe Send After Scan mode fora single transmission. Oncethat transmission is complete,the default status is regained.

If you enable Send after Scan,you will be given the opportuni-ty to select “SEND SCANNEDPAGES” or “CANCEL SEND-ING.”Select “SEND SCANNEDPAGES” if you want the pagesscanned to memory (prior tothe Memory Full) to be trans-mitted.Select “CANCEL SENDING” ifyou want to cancel that trans-mission and try again laterwhen more memory is avail-able or use a Direct TX opera-tion.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Press:

+

+

+

+

Display the SENDAFTER SCAN Menu

2 Select the SendAfter Scan Option

3 Select the MemoryFull Option

4

Select the desired Memory FullOption.

To cancel the pages that havebeen scanned, press:

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

Go to Step 4.

To disable Send After Scan,press:

COMPLETED

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

NOTES:• To change the default set-

ting of this function, referto page 153. The statusselection in this operationwill take precedence overthe default setting.

MENU

Select the desired Send AfterScan Option.

To enable Send After Scan,press:

Go to Step 5.

The following is displayed for 2seconds.

To send the pages that havebeen scanned, press:

The following screen is dis-played. You may dial the re-mote facsimile for your com-munication job. The display willreturn to the Standby Mode inabout 60 seconds if no keysare pressed.1.ON

SEND AFTER SCAN2.OFF

2.SEND SCANNED PAGES

UPON MEMORY FULL1.CANCEL SENDING

Page 174: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

172

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Enter the FacsimileNumber

5

Enabling or Disabling Send after Scan Temporarily - continued

Page 175: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

173

This function attaches a coversheet to the document to betransmitted or prints the coversheet for confirmation purpos-es.

Prior to using this cover sheetfeature, the Cover Sheet func-tion must be set to ON. Formore information see page149.

NOTES:• When sending multi-address

transmissions, the coversheet will be attached to thedocument for every address.

• TTI will not be printed on thecover sheet.

• Smart Batch is not availableif this function is used.

• When re-sending a docu-ment due to an error, thecover sheet is again at-tached to the retransmis-sion.

• In Transmission Reports andJournals, the number ofpages of each transmissiondoes not includes the coversheet.

• When a Transmission Reportis issued with the documentimage output, the first pagedata of the facsimile will beprinted but not the coverpage data.

• The cover sheet is alwayssent in Letter size.

• The resolution for the coversheet is fixed to FINE. How-ever, if the receiving unit isset to STD, the cover sheetis sent in STD.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the name of the remoteparty.

See page 37 for more informa-tion on Character Entry.

Then press:

Attaching or Printing a Cover Sheet

Load the Document1 Display the COVERSHEET Menu

2 Select the Option3 Enter the RemoteParty’s Name

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99% AUTO RECEIVE

COVER SHEETENTER TO NAME

COVER SHEETENTER FROM NAME

MENU

To attach a cover sheet, press:

Go to Step 4.

To print a cover sheet, press:

When the printing is complete,the display return to theStandby Mode.

NOTE:To skip the Remote Party’sName, press the

or

to go to the next step.

STOP

2.PRINT

COVER SHEET1.SEND

Page 176: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

174

Enter your name.

See page 37 for more informa-tion on Character Entry.

Then press:

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

FACSIMILE MESSAGE

JAN-31-2005

*** RE-TRANSMISSION ***

TO : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST (ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR )

FAX NUMBER : 12345678901234567890123456789012345678

FROM : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR )

FAX NUMBER : 12345678901234567890

TOTAL PAGE 001 (WITHOUT THIS PAGE)

Cover Page Title (fixed)

Date this document wasreserved

Subtitle printed forretransmission only

Remote Station ID (printed when preset to the Abbrevi-ated Dial Number or One Touch Dial Key used for dial-ing). Max. 20 characters

Your Station ID (if preset; max. 40 characters)

Remote Name which wasentered using this operation

Dialed Facsimile Number(first 38 digits)

Your Name which was enteredusing this operation

Your Facsimile Number(max. 20 digits)

Number of document pages tobe transmitted

- Image Data Area -

(The image here may be your company logo, etc. It can be preset by scanning,using the Cover Sheet Function setting operation on page 149. If no imageis scanned for this purpose, this area is left blank.)

Cover Sheet Format

Attaching or Printing Cover Sheet - continued

Enter the Sender’sName

5 Enter the FacsimileNumber

6

JAN-31 09:43 AM 99%ENTER TEL NUMBER

NOTE:To skip the Sender’s Name,press the

or

to go to the next step.

STOP

Page 177: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

175

Press:

+

+

+

+

Enter the time and day-of-month to start the communica-tion.

This function is available toreserve a document for trans-mission at a programmedtime.

This function is convenient formaking use of non-peak dis-count telephone rates for do-mestic and overseas facsimiletransmissions. Delayed com-munication can be applied toSingle Transmissions (totransmit a single document toa specified destination), Multi-address (Group) Transmis-sions, Mail Box Transmis-sions, Relay Transmissions,and Polling Communications.

You can activate this optionwhile programming an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number (page 66) orOne Touch Dial key setting(page 72) if communicationwith the remote party alwaysrequires this option. Other-wise, use the following proce-dure.

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

NOTES:• If the day-of-month value

entered in Step 2 does notexist in the current month,the communication willstart on the first day of thenext month. For example,if “30” is entered in Febru-ary, the communicationwill start on March 1st.

• If a time in the past is pro-grammed, communicationwill be performed in thenext month of the time.

Delayed Communication (Time Designation)

Load the Document1 Enter the Time andDate

3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4Display theDELAYED COMM.Menu

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

DELAYED COMM.[HH:MMAM DD]

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

NOTE:It is not necessary to inputa day-of-month, if you wishthe communication to becompleted within the next24-hour period.Simply leave the day-of-month area blank.

MENU

(The cursor moves to the nextright digit as a numeric value isentered on each digit. Use the

key to backspace and

delete the values of digits al-ready entered.)

Change the AM/PM designa-tion by pressing the followingkeys. (for 12-hour format)

or

When the correct time and dateis entered, press:

MENU

Page 178: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

176

Priority Transmission permitsyou to execute a transmissionbefore any other reservedtransmission job.

NOTES:• Priority reservation is good

for a Single Transmissiononly.

• Only one communicationcan be reserved as a Pri-ority Transmission.When a transmission isalready reserved as a Pri-ority Transmission, an er-ror tone and “NOT AL-LOWED NOW” LCDprompt result when PriorityTransmission is selected.

• Priority Transmission isinvalid during Polling andMailbox communication.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Priority Transmission

Load the Document1 Display thePRIORITY TX Menu

2 Enter the FacsimileNumber

3

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

PRIORITYENTER TEL NUMBER

SCANNING DOC. 100%FILE NUMBER = 110

MENU

NOTE:If a communication re-served as a Priority Trans-mission fails, the documentwill be priority transmittedafter the Redial Interval(See page 62).

Page 179: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

177

This operation is used to re-send a document after the doc-ument initially failed to be sent.If recovery transmission is setto ON, the document is storedin the e-STUDIO170F for re-sending.

NOTES:• When the Recovery Trans-

mission is set to OFF, anerror tone and “NOT AL-LOWED NOW” LCDprompt result when Recov-ery Transmission is se-lected.If there is no documentstored for recovery trans-mission, an error tonesounds and “NO ENTRY”LCD prompt will be dis-played.

• To change the default set-ting of this function, referto page 150. The statusselection in this operationwill take precedence overthe default setting.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Enter the new facsimile num-ber.

Sending Recovery Transmission

Select the DesiredJob

2 Change theFacsimile Number

3Display theRECOVERYTRANSMIT Menu

1

To start the transmission,press:

Press:

Cancel theDocument

4

RECOVERY TX[ENTER]:START

FILE NBR = 00512345

2.CHANGE

JOB NUMBER 0051.START

FAX NUMBER (MAX128)[12345 ]

To cancel the document, go toStep 4.

Press MENU

or to

view the jobs stored for resend-ing. The information is dis-played on the LCD display.

MENU

When the sending document tobe recovered was sent usingthe One Touch key, Abbrevi-ated Dial Number, Group Num-ber, or Alphabet Dialing, press:

You can also change the num-ber of the remote facsimile ifdialed from the Dial Keypad.To re-transmit the document orchange the facsimile number,

press .

To change the number, press:

The transmission starts imme-diately if the phone line isavailable.

The transmission starts imme-diately if the phone line isavailable.

If the correct number is en-tered, press:

JOB CANCEL

2.NO

DELETE JOB NUMBER0051.YES

Page 180: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

178

To delete the selected docu-ment stored for resending,press:

Sending Recovery Transmission - continued

Select the CancelOption

5

DELETED

Displayed for 2 seconds

Returns to display the StandbyMode screen.

To retain the selected docu-ment stored for resending,press:

Page 181: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

179

If communication errors fre-quently occur while transmit-ting documents due to bad lineconditions, we recommend youselect a lower transmissionspeed to enable quality trans-missions. The transmissionspeed will be restored to thedefault value automatically af-ter the low speed transmissionis completed.

You can activate this optionwhile programming an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number (page 66) orOne Touch Dial Key (page 72)if communication with a certainremote party always requiresthis option.

Select the desired speed.

To select FASTEST POS-SIBLE, press:

Press:

+

+

+

+

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods or youmay designate another optionat this point.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Low Speed Transmission

Load the Document1 Select a Speed3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4Display the FAXSPEED Menu

2

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

MENU

To select 14400 BPS, press:

To select 9600 BPS, press:

To select 4800 BPS, press:

4.4800BPS

3.9600BPS

2.14400BPS

FAX SPEED1.FASTEST POSSIBLE

Page 182: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

180

This function is used to set thefacsimile’s speaker ON in orderto monitor the phone line forone communication only. Thisfunction is mainly used to con-firm dialing and phone line sta-tus.

You can activate this optionwhen programming an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number (page 66) orOne Touch Dial Key (page 72)if communication with a certainremote party always requiresthis option.

Press:

+

+

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Turn ON the monitor speakerby pressing:

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods or youmay designate another optionat this point.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Line Monitor

Load the Document1 Display the LINEMONITOR Menu

2 Select the Option3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

NOTE:To change the default set-ting of this function, refer topage 58. The status selec-tion in this operation willtake precedence over thedefault setting.

MENU

Turn OFF the monitor speakerby pressing:

1.ON

LINE MONITOR2.OFF

Page 183: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

181

When this function is set toON, the designated number ofpages will be printed at the topof the recording paper at theremote station. This function iseffective for a Direct DocumentTransmission only. (The totalnumber of pages will be print-ed automatically as part of theTTI in Memory Transmissions.)

This setting is very helpful forconfirming that all of the pagesloaded into the feeder havebeen successfully sent.

It will also assist the recipientto track the number of pagesas it will add a page count to athe TTI at the top of your trans-mitted pages (i.e., 1/5, 2/5, 3/5,etc.).

The facsimile will compare thenumber of pages actually sentwith the number you entered.

Press:

+

+

Enter the number of documentpages (1 to 999).

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods or youmay designate another optionat this point.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 91

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Setting the Page Count

Load the Document1 Display the PAGENUMBER Menu

2 Enter the Number ofDocument Pages

3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

PAGE NUMBER(1-999) [ ]

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100%ENTER TEL NUMBER

MENU

The press:

Page 184: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

182

To set the e-STUDIO170F toalways print a communicationreport, press:

You can request a communica-tion report every time a docu-ment is sent. If you desire acommunication report everytime you send a document, setthis function to ON as a default(see page 183).

If you plan to use communica-tion reports only occasionally,use this procedure. The TX Re-port key allows you to obtain areport for one communicationonly.

You can activate this optionwhile programming an Abbrevi-ated Dial Number (see page66) or One Touch Dial Key set-ting (see page 72) if communi-cation with a specific remoteparty always requires this op-tion.

Select the function key on theOperation Panel.

Press:

Load the document face downin the Document Support (seepage 83).

Adjust the resolution and con-trast if desired (see pages 84and 85).

Enter the number of the remotefacsimile using any of the fol-lowing dialing methods.

• One Touch Key Dialing... See page 90

• Abbreviated Dialing... See page 91

• Alphabet Dialing... See page 92

• Keypad Dialing... See page 93

Communication Report Print

Load the Document1 Display the TXREPORT Menu

2 Select the Option3 Enter the FacsimileNumber

4

JAN-31 09:43 AM 100% AUTO RECEIVE

TX REPORT

To set the e-STUDIO170F toonly print a communication re-port when an error condition isencountered, press:

To set the e-STUDIO170F tonever print a communicationreport, press:

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

TX REPORT1.ALWAYS

JAN-31 09:43 AM 80%ENTER TEL NUMBER

Page 185: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

183

This facsimile allows the operator to set various options regardingthe lists and reports listed below.

JOURNALThere are two types of Journals available on the e-STUDIO170F.Both the Transmission Journal (TX Journal) and Reception Journal(RX Journal) list the 40 most recent transactions. Journals can beprinted either Automatically or Manually. When manually printed,JOURNAL

must be pressed. To select the type of Journal to print whenJOURNAL

is pressed, complete manual Journal printing discussed in

this section.

COMMUNICATION REPORTCommunication Report allows you to print a report after everytransmission. Reports can be printed automatically or manually.When printing automatically, you can designate to print a report forevery transmission or only when an error has occurred during thetransmission.In addition, Communication Report allows you to further select theoption of printing the first page image of the fax document on thereport to facilitate identification.

To setup the Communication Report, go to page 183 to 190.

RECEPTION LISTThe e-STUDIO170F will print a reception list under the followingconditions:

• Reservation to Local MailboxWhen reserving a document to a Mailbox within the e-STUDIO170F locally, a reception list is printed.

• Remote MailboxWhen reserving a document to a Mailbox within the e-STUDIO170F remotely from another facsimile, a reception listis printed on the e-STUDIO170F.

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the desired option.

To print both TX and RX Jour-

nals when JOURNAL

is used, press:

LISTS AND REPORTS - LIST AND REPORT OPTIONS SETTING

Reception Journal Settings

Display theJOURNAL Menu

1 Select theJOURNAL Option

2 SET KEY DEFAULTOptions

3

COMPLETED

Go to Step 4.

MENU

To configure the type of Jour-

nal to print when JOURNAL

is used,

press:

+

Go to Step 3.

To set automatic printing,press:

+

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To print only a TX Journal

when JOURNAL

is used, press:

To print only a RX Journal

when JOURNAL

is used, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

02.AUTO PRINT

JOURNAL01.SET KEY DEFAULT

3.RECEIVE

2.SEND

SET KEY DEFAULT1.SEND & RECEIVE

2.OFF

AUTO PRINT1.ON

Page 186: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

184

Press the following key tosetup automatic printing of theTX and RX Journals whenever40 transactions have taken inplace.

To turn ON Automatic printingof journal, press:

AUTO PRINTOptions

4

Reception Journal Settings - continued

COMPLETED

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To turn OFF Automatic printingof journal, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

Page 187: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

185

Select the desired printing op-tion for non-memory, directtransmissions.

To ALWAYS print a Transmis-sion Report whenever a docu-ment is transmitted, press:

Press:

+

+

+

+

+

+

Display the TXREPORT Menu

1 Select the Option forTX REPORT

2

Direct Transmission Report Setting

COMPLETED

MENU

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To only print a TransmissionReport when an error occurrs,press:

To turn OFF automatic printingof Transmission Reports,press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

TX REPORT1.ALWAYS

Page 188: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

186

Press:

+

+

+

+

+

+

Memory Transmission Report Setting

Display theMEMORY TXMenu

1

To print a first page image ofthe document on the Transmis-sion Report, press:

Select the Option for MEMORY TX2 Set the Option forSHOW FIRST PAGE

3

COMPLETED

COMPLETED

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

MENU

Select the desired printing op-tion for single location memorytransmissions.

To ALWAYS print a Transmis-sion Report whenever a docu-ment is transmitted, press:

To only print a TransmissionReport when an error occurrs,press:

Go to Step 3.

To turn OFF automatic printingof Transmission Reports,press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to confirmyour selection.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To not print a first page imageof the document on the Trans-mission Report, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

MEMORY TX1.ALWAYS

2.OFF

SHOW FIRST PAGE1.ON

Page 189: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

187

Press:

+

+

+

+

+

+

Multi-Address Report Setting

Display theMULTI-ADDREPORT Menu

1

Select the desired option forMulti-address Transmission Re-ports.

To ALWAYS print a Transmis-sion Report whenever a docu-ment is transmitted, press:

To print a first page image ofthe document on the transmis-sion report, press:

Set the Option forSHOW FIRST PAGE

3

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

MULTI-ADD REPORT1.ALWAYS

COMPLETED

2.OFF

SHOW FIRST PAGE1.ON

Select the Option for MULTI-ADD REPORT2

COMPLETED

MENU

Go to Step 3.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To turn OFF automatic printingof Transmission Reports,press:

To only print a TransmissionReport when an error occurs,press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to confirmyour selection.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To not print a first page imageof the document on the trans-mission report, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

Page 190: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

188

Press:

+

+

+

+

+

+

Multi-Polling Report Setting

Display theMULTI POLLREPORT Menu

1

Select the desired option forMulti-polling Reports.

To ALWAYS print a reportwhenever a polling operationoccurs, press:

MULTI POLLREPORT Options

2

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

MULTIPOLL REPORT1.ALWAYS

COMPLETED

MENU

Press to complete this

setting.

To only print a report when anerror occurrs, press:

To turn OFF automatic printingof this report, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

STOP

Page 191: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

189

Press:

+

+

+

+

+

+

Relay Originator Report Setting

Select the desired option toprint a report whenever a Relaytransmission is sent.

NOTE:This is only applicable if thee-STUDIO170F is used asan Originator for a relaytransmission (see page117).

To ALWAYS print a reportwhenever a document is trans-mitted, press:

To print a first page image ofthe document on the transmis-sion report, press:

Set the Option forSHOW FIRST PAGE

3Display the RELAYORIGINATOR Menu

1

COMPLETED

2.OFF

SHOW FIRST PAGE1.ON

COMPLETED

Select the Option for RELAY ORIGINATOR2

MENU

Go to next step.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To turn OFF Automatic printingof reports, press:

To only print a report when anerror occurs, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to confirmyour selection.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

To not print a first page imageof the document on the trans-mission report, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

3.OFF

2.ON ERROR

RELAY ORIGINATOR1.ALWAYS

Page 192: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

190

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the desired option.

To select the LOCAL MAIL-BOX, press:

+

Reception List Settings

Select the Job forRECEPTION LIST

2 LOCAL MAILBOXLIST

3 REMOTE MAILBOXLIST

4Display theRECEPTION LISTMenu

1

To turn ON, press: To turn ON, press:

COMPLETEDCOMPLETED

02.REMOTE MAILBOX

RECEPTION LIST01.LOCAL MAILBOX

1.ON

LOCAL MAILBOX2.OFF

2.OFF

REMOTE MAILBOX1.ON

MENU

Go to Step 3.

To select the REMOTE MAIL-BOX, press:

+

Go to Step 4.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

When “01.LOCAL MAILBOX” isselected in Step 2, the follow-ing screen displays.

To turn OFF, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to confirmyour selection.

Press STOP

to complete this

setting.

When “02.REMOTE MAILBOX”is selected in Step 2, the fol-lowing screen displays.

To turn OFF, press:

The following screen is dis-played for 2 seconds to con-firm your selection.

Page 193: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

191

NBR. FILE NBR DATE TIME DURATION PGS TO DEPT NBR ACCOUNT MODE STATUS

001 020 JAN-31 14:01 59/59 099 +1234567890 01 9999 G3 502 P NG 20

TRANSMISSION JOURNAL

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234SCAN COUNT : 1234 (000004D2)PRINT COUNT : 2345 (00000929)DRUM COUNT : 3456 (00000D80)

Auto Print (available if pro-grammed; see page 183):

Printing will automaticallystart whenever 40 transmis-sions (or 40 receptions) arecompleted.

Manual Print (always avail-able)

Press:

Transmission/Reception Jour-nal shows the result of eachcommunication for up to thepast 40 transmissions/recep-tions.Time of output of this

list or reportList/Report NameMachine CounterInformation

Serial No.(lists the trans-missions in theorder they tookplace)

File No.(assigned to all com-munication jobs at thetime of scanning)

Date and Time thecommunicationstarted

Length of eachtransaction:Minutes/Seconds

Number of Pages

Remote Station’sFax/Telephone Num-ber (“ ” an alternatenumber or sub-ad-dress dial was used.)

Department No.(indicates the depart-ment responsible forthis transmission job;printed only when theDepartment Controloption is ON)

Account No.(printed only when theAccount Number op-tion is ON and used)

Error Code

Result: OK (successful) NG (failure)

Communication ModeG3 = G3EC = ECM

○○

○○

- LIST AND REPORT PRINT FORMAT AND PRINTING PROCEDURE

Transmission/Reception Journal (Communication Journal)

Printing Procedure

“TO” is replaced with “FROM”in a RECEPTION JOURNAL Facsimile/Telephone Number

of this facsimile unit

Your Station’sID Name

P = PollingSB = Mailbox Communication

VERY IMPORTANT:Up to date Activity Journalsmust be maintained by theuser. In the event an elec-tronic circuit board must bereplaced in this unit, infor-mation pertaining to Scan,Print, and Drum countersmust be entered into the re-placement electronic circuitboard. This information islisted at the top of everyjournal.

JOURNAL

1st 2nd 3rd(bps) (Resolution) (Mode)

0 2400 8x3.85 MH1 4800 8x7.7 MR2 7200 8x15.4 MMR3 9600 - JBIG4 12000 16x15.45 144006 V.348 300dpi

Page 194: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

192

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

NBR. FILE NBR DATE TIME DURATION PGS TO DEPT NBR ACOUNT MODE STATUS

001 020 JAN-31 14:01 00/58 002 REDFIELD H.S. G3 512 NG 20

Auto Print (if programmed,see page 185):

Printing will automaticallystart after a transmission iscompleted.

This is the result report printedafter a Direct Transmission (ajob transmitted directly fromthe document feeder instead offrom memory).

The print format is the same as that for the Transmission Journal on the preceding page except that the record ofthe only last transmission job is issued in a Transmission Report.

Transmission Report

Printing ProcedureTRANSMISSION REPORT

Page 195: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

193

MEMORY TRANSMISSION REPORT

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

FILE NUMBER : 070

DATE : JAN-31 14:18

TO : REDFIELD H.S.

DOCUMENT PAGES : 002

START TIME : JAN-31 14:20

END TIME : JAN-31 14:23

SENT PAGES : 002

STATUS : OK

File Number of the transmission job

Date and time when the job is accepted

Remote Party’s Name or Facsimile/Tele-phone Number

Number of pages input to memory

Time when the transmission started

Time when the transmission ended (thetime when a Recovery Transmission isdesignated)

Number of pages transmitted normally

Transmission result

Auto Print (if programmed,see page 186):

Printing will automaticallystart after a transmission iscompleted.

This is the result report printedafter a Memory Transmission.(A job transmitted after thedocument is first scanned intomemory.)

Memory Transmission Report

Printing Procedure

Page 196: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

194

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

TX/RX FILE NBR FUNCTION PGS MAIL DATE TIME TO

001 MULTI TX 003 JAN-30 11:55 TEL NBR: 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890

ABB.NBR: 001 002 003 004 005 006 007GROUP : 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006

005 POLLING RX JAN-30 22:50 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 009 RELAY STATION 001 OT NBR : 01 010 MULTIPOLLING JAN-30 22:25 GROUP : 1001 1002 1999

POLL/FAX MAILBOX FILE NBR FUNCTION PGS DATE TIME TO

961 POLLING 099 JAN-27 17:30

RECOVERY TX FILE NBR FUNCTION PGS MAIL DATE TIME TO

970 SINGLE TX 003 JAN-29 14:20 123-4567

Type ofcommunication

Box Number(in case of Mail Boxcommunication)

Destination(Name or Dial Number of theRemote Party)

This is a listing of the commu-nication jobs now reserved inmemory.

Manual Print

Press:

+

+

Reservation List

File Number of thecommunication

Number of Pages Designated Time, orTime of Reception

Printing ProcedureRESERVATION LIST

MENU

Page 197: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

195

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

FILE NUMBER : 005

DATE : JAN-31 14:18TO : ABCDEFGDOCUMENT PAGES : 015

START TIME : JAN-31 10:56

END TIME : JAN-31 14:18 (RECOVERY TIME:JAN-31 14:18)

SUCCESSFUL

GROUP NUMBER

0001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST ABB. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008009 010

OT 02 05

ONE TOUCH NUMBER

01 TSRQRPONMLKJIHGFEDCBA

TEL NUMBER

12345678901234567890

UNSUCCESSFUL SENT PAGES

GROUP NUMBER

0002 AABBCCDDEEFFGGHHIIJJ 0T 33 AAABBBCCCDDDEEEFFFGG 01

Auto Print (if programmed;see page 187):

Printing will automaticallystart after all transmissionsin the operation have beencompleted successfully orunsuccessfully.

This is the result report printedafter a Multi-address Trans-mission.

Receiver where an error occurredSENT PAGES ... Number of pages sent normally

Receiver where the transmission was completed normally

Multi-Address Transmission Report

Printing Procedure

MULTI TRANSMISSION REPORT

Page 198: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

196

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

MULTI POLLING REPORT

FILE NUMBER : 005

DATE : JAN-31 14:18

START TIME : JAN-31 10:56

END TIME : JAN-31 14:18 (RECOVERY TIME:JAN-31 14:18)

SUCCESSFUL

GROUP NUMBER

0001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST ABB. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008009 010

OT 02 05

ABB. NUMBER

014 HONG KONG OFFICE

TEL NUMBER

1234567890123456789

UNSUCCESSFUL SENT PAGES

GROUP NUMBER

0002 AABBCCDDEEFFGGHHIIJJ 0T 33 AAABBBCCCDDDEEEFFFGG 01

Auto Print (if programmed,see page 188):

Printing will automaticallystart after all polling opera-tions have been completedsuccessfully or unsuccess-fully.

This is the result report printedafter a Multi-polling Reception.

Receiver where an error occurredSENT PAGES ... Number of pages sent normally

Receiver where the transmission was completed normally

Printing Procedure

Multi-Polling Report

Page 199: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

197

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

RELAY SEND ORIGINATOR TERMINAL REPORT

Auto Print (if programmed,see page 189):

Printing will automaticallystart after the originatingstation transmits to all ofthe assigned relay stations,successfully or unsuccess-fully.

This is the result report theOriginating Terminal prints af-ter a Relay Transmission.

Relay Send Originator Report

Printing Procedure

FILE NUMBER : 009

DATE : JAN-31 10:55

TO : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST

RELAY BOX : 12345678901234567890

DOCUMENT PAGES : 015

START TIME : JAN-31 10:56

END TIME : JAN-31 14:18 (RECOVERY TIME:JAN-31 14:10)

SENT PAGES : 015

STATUS : OK

JOB NUMBER : 010

Page 200: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

198

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZABCDEFGHIJKLMN

MAILBOX RECEPTION REPORT

Auto Print (if programmed,see page 190):

Printing will automaticallystart after a data is storedon Mailbox.

This is the report printed aftera data is stored on Mailbox.

Mailbox Reception Report

Printing Procedure

FILE NUMBER : 999

BOX NUMBER : 015

BOX TYPE : CONFIDENTIAL BOX

DOCUMENT PAGES : 005(TOTAL 999)

FROM : +1234567890123456789

Document Originator IDLOCAL .................. Your Own StationOther indication ...Remote station’s ID Name or Dial Number

Page 201: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

199

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

MAILBOX (OPEN) LIST

BOX NBR TYPE PGS FILE NBR DATE TIME FROM

12345678901234567890 CONFIDENTIAL BOX 025 001 JAN-29 22:30 123456789012345678901123334566 CONFIDENTIAL BOX 001 099 JAN-30 08:17 REMOTE

012 111 JAN-30 11:50 +811234567099 198 JAN-30 19:37 LOCAL

111999888 BULLETIN BOARD 033 173 JAN-31 07:43 LOCAL

Issues a list of the documentsreserved through the local (i.e.,your own) station and remotestations, using the Open Mail-box System (ITU-T CompatibleF-code Communication).

Press:

+

+

Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible F-code Communication) List

Printing Procedure

Box No. Mailbox Type

Number of Documentpages entered

File No.

Date and Time theDocument was entered

Document Originator IDLOCAL .................. Your Own StationOther indication ...Remote station’s ID

Name or Dial Number

MENU

Page 202: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

200

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

DEPARTMENT CODE LIST

DEPT NBR NAME DEPT CODE TX PGS RX PGS COPY PGS

01 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 12345 123456 123456 123456 02 OPERATION CENTER 82615 296541 12104 99999 14 SYSTEM DESIGN 12131 88888 88887 988886 15 XYZ 33151 6543 12109 450 20 99990 1 4 7

Issues a list of DepartmentCodes and data processed forthe Department Control Mode.

Press:

+

+

Available only when the Department Control Mode option is selected.

DepartmentNo.

DepartmentName Department Code

for operating thedepartment

Accumulated number of pagesoperated by the department

Sent

NOTE:The list shown is produced when the Master code (01) is used to initiate the print list operation.If a user code (02-50) is used, only the data relating to that department will be printed.

Department Control List

Received Copied

Printing Procedure

MENU

Page 203: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

201

Press:

+

+

+

+

These are listings of the presetAbbreviated Dial Numbers,One Touch Keys, Multi-ad-dress Groups, and Alphabeticalsort. You can request all ofthese lists (except AddressBook List) as part of one oper-ation sequence or individuallyone by one.

Issues three lists, one afteranother, in one operation se-quence.

The following will be printed. For the print format and descriptionof printed items, see the page listed below:

• Abbreviated Dial Number List (page 202)

• One Touch Number List (page 203)

• Group Number List (page 204)

Preset Dialing Number Lists

All of Lists

Printing Procedure

MENU

Page 204: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

202

ABBREVIATED TEL NUMBER LIST

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

Press:

+

+

+

+

Issues a list of remote stationdialing numbers assigned asAbbreviated Dial Numbers.

AbbreviatedDial Number

StationName

Station Dial Number:

... Alternate Dial Number

SUB, SEP, or PWD ... Type of Sub-address

Designated Time

Line Monitoring

Communication SpeedLimit (x 100)

TX Report Issue/Non-issueStatus

Attached Fax Option Status (if any)

Preset Dialing Number Lists - continued

Abbreviated Dial Number List

Printing Procedure

ABB.NBR NAME TEL NUMBER TIME MONI. BPS REPORT

001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890 23:45 ON 144 ON

1234567

0987654321

SUB:12345678901234567890

SEP:112233445566

PWD:********************

109 GREENVILLE OFFICE 999999999 09:30 OFF 96 OFF

900 333-912345678

MENU

Page 205: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

203

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

Press:

+

+

+

+

Issues a list of dial numbers ofthe remote stations assignedto One Touch Dial Keys.

Station Name, oruse of the key

One TouchKey Number

Abbreviated Dial Number,Group Number, or actualDial Number

... Alternate Dial Number

SUB, SEP, or PWD

... Type of Sub-address

Preset Dialing Number Lists - continued

One Touch Number List

Designated Time

Line Monitoring

Communication SpeedLimit (x 100)

TX Report Issue/Non-issueStatus

Attached Facsimile Option Status (if any)

Printing ProcedureONE TOUCH NUMBER INFORMATION

OT NBR NAME/FUNCTION ABB./GROUP/TEL NUMBER TIME MONI. BPS REPORT

01 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890 23:45 ON 144 ON12345670987654321

SUB:12345678901234567890SEP:112233445566PWD:********************

09 ABB.NBR 17022 GROUP NBR 012335 REDFIELD HS 9-1-605-1234567 23:40

MENU

Page 206: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

204

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

GROUP NUMBER INFORMATION

Press:

+

+

+

+

Issues a list of One Touch Keyor Abbreviated Dial Numbersregistered in Multi-addressGroups or Multi-polling Groups.

Group Name

Preset Dialing Number Lists - continued

Group Number List

Printing Procedure

Group Number

GROUP NUMBER NAME OT/ABB. NUMBER

0001 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST OT 01 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST02 MASAYA03 akira

ABB. 111 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 1111 COMPANIES ABB. 121 HADANO

122 Tokyo_Office 1999 AIUEOcorp. OT 25 Al_section

36 UEO_section

One Touch Key Numbers and Abbreviated DialNumbers belonging to the Group:

OT .... One Touch Key NumbersABB. .... Abbreviated Dial Numbers

MENU

Page 207: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

205

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

ADDRESS BOOK

NAME LOCATION ABB./OT/GROUP/TEL NUMBER

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST OT 01 12345678901234567890123456789012345678900987654321

SUB:09876543210987654321SEP:998877665544PWD:********************

BCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST ABB. 001 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567

Chicago Group GROUP 0001GREENVILLE OFFICE ABB. 109 999999999NEW YORK OFFICE ABB. 900 333-912345678

Issues a listing of names pro-grammed to Abbreviated DialNumber, One Touch Key, andGroup Number.

Press:

+

+

+

+Names of AbbreviatedDial Number, OneTouch Key or GroupNumber

OT ............ One Touch Key NumbersABB. ......... Abbreviated Dial NumbersGroup ....... Group Number

Preset Dialing Number Lists - continued

Address Book List

Printing Procedure

Station Dial Number/E-Mail Address

....... Alternate Dial Number

SUB, SEP, or PWD.......... Type of Sub-address

MENU

Page 208: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

206

TIME :JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER :12345678901234567890NAME :ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

FUNCTION LIST

MACHINE SETTINGSAUTO RECEIVE MODE : AUTO

RING DELAY : 2DIAL TYPE : MF

CALL NUMBER :REDIAL MODE INTERVAL : 1MINREDIAL MODE COUNTER : 5RINGER VOLUME : 3ALARM VOLUME : 3KEY TOUCH VOLUME : 3MONITOR VOLUME : 3SUPER ENERGY SAVER : MANUALPRINTER POWER SAVER : ON

START TIME : 04:00PMEND TIME : 09:00AM

ACCOUNT CODE : OFFLINE MONITOR : OFFRECEIVE INTERVAL : 3MINECM : ONSORT COPY : OFFCOPY REDUCTION : OFFCOUNTRY/REGION : USLANGUAGE : ENGLISH

SCANNER & PRINTERDOCUMENT MODE

RESOLUTION : STDCONTRAST : NORMAL

DOCUMENT LENGTH : 1mPAPER SIZE

TRAY 1 : LETTERTRAY 2 : LETTER

TX SETTINGMEMORY TX : ONSECURITY TX : OFFCOVER SHEET : OFFRECOVERY TX : OFFTTI : INSIDESEND AFTER SCAN : OFF

RX SETTINGSECURE RX : OFFMEMORY RX : ONRX REDUCTION : ONDISCARD : ONREVERSE ORDER PRINT : OFFPRIVILEGED RX : OFFRTI : OFF

LISTSJOURNAL

MANUAL : TX & RXAUTO : ONERROR CODE : ON

COMMUNICATION REPORTDOCUMENT FEEDER TX : ALWAYSMEMORY TX : ALWAYS(IMAGE)MULTI ADDRESS TX : ALWAYS(IMAGE)MULTI ADDRESS POLL : ALWAYSRELAY ORIGINATOR : ALWAYS(IMAGE)

RECEPTION LISTLOCAL MAILBOX : OFFREMOTE MAILBOX : ON

TOTAL PAGESCAN : 237PRINT : 273DRUM COUNT : 3017

ROM VERSION :::

Issues a list to confirm thefunctions currently set in thisfacsimile unit.

Press:

+

+

Function List

Printing Procedure

MENU

Page 209: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

207

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

Issues a list of menu itemsthrough which functions or op-tions can be set.

This list can be a useful guideduring machine programming.

Press:

+

Menu List

Printing Procedure1.FAX FEATURES

1.SEND OPTION01.SECURITY TX02.ECM03.SUB ADDRESS COMM.04.SEND AFTER SCAN05.COVER SHEET06.DELAYED COMM.07.PRIORITY08.RECOVERY TX09.FAX SPEED

2.LINE MONITOR3.POLLING

01.POLLING02.POLLING RESERVE

4.PAGE NUMBER5.SECURE RX6.ITU MAILBOX

01.CONFIDENTIAL02.BULLETIN BOARD03.RELAY REQUEST04.SETUP & DELETE

2.LISTS1.FUNCTION2.RESERVATION3.DEPARTMENT CODE4.ITU MAILBOX5.TELEPHONE NBRS

01.ALL OF LISTS02.ABB NUMBERS03.ONE TOUCH NUMBERS04.GROUP NUMBERS05.ALPHABETICAL

3.TEL LIST ENTRY1.ABB NUMBERS2.ONE TOUCH KEYS3.GROUP NUMBERS

4.INITIAL SETUP1.LANGUAGE2.DATE & TIME3.TERMINAL ID4.DIAL TYPE

5.DEFAULT SETTINGS1.MACHINE SETTINGS

01.SPEAKER VOLUME01.RINGER VOLUME02.ALARM VOLUME03.KEY TOUCH VOLUME04.MONITOR VOLUME

02.POWER SAVER01.SUPER E.S.02.PRINTER P.S.

03.DEPARTMENT CODE04.ACCOUNT CODE05.LINE MONITOR06.RECEIVE INTERVAL07.ECM08.SORT COPY09.REDIAL MODE10.RECEPTION MODE

1.FAX2.FAX/TAD3.TEL/FAX4.MANUAL

11.COPY REDUCTION2.SCANNER & PRINTER

01.DOCUMENT MODE02.DOCUMENT LENGTH03.PAPER SIZE04.RESET DRUM COUNT

3.TX SETTINGS01.MEMORY TX02.SECURITY TX03.COVER SHEET04.RECOVERY TX05.TTI06.SEND AFTER SCAN07.SUPPLY ORDER

4.RX SETTINGS01.SECURE RX02.MEMORY RX03.RX REDUCTION04.DISCARD05.REV. ORDER PRINT06.PRIVILEGED RX07.RTI

MENU LIST

MENU

Page 210: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

208

TIME : JAN-31-05 14:25TEL NUMBER : 12345678901234567890NAME : ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ12345678901234

POWER FAILURE LIST

This facsimile has a battery toback up the document memorycontents. Even when the poweris turned off (due to a powerfailure, etc.), any communica-tion data stored in memory willbe retained for a period of ap-proximately 30 minutes. Onexceeding that time limit, thecommunication data stored inmemory is cleared, a list of theFile Numbers of those clearedcommunications will be printed.

This list is automatically print-ed after recovery from a powerfailure event.

Type ofcommunication

Box Number(in case of Mail Boxcommunication)

Station where thecommunication or theMail Box is input

Power Failure List

File Number of thecommunication

Time of Input

Printing Procedure

TX/RX FILE NBR FUNCTION

001 MULTI TX

005 POLLING RX

006 PRG. CONT POLL

010 MULTI POLLING

POLLING/FAX M-BOX/MAILBOX FILE NBR FUNCTION MAIL FROM DATE TIME

101 POLLING LOCAL JAN-30 11:23

106 CONFIDENTIAL BOX *1234567890#12345678 9999999999999 JAN-31 07:55

107 BULLETIN BOARD ###***#123#999* LOCAL JAN-31 07:55

MEMORY RECEPTION FILE NBR FROM DATE TIME

222 *1234567890123456789 JAN-30 21:37

RECOVERY TX FILE NBR FUNCTION

333 SINGLE TX

Page 211: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

209

If an abnormal condition arisesin the facsimile or an incorrectoperation is performed, analarm buzzer is generated forabout 4 seconds and a mes-sage to indicate the nature ofthe error appears in the LCDwindow. In that case, take cor-rective action according to thefollowing table.

Autodialer numbers and initial set-tings have been lost (due to a longperiod without power or a deplet-ed backup battery).

Press STOP

to restore the idle

state. If this Error Message is re-peatedly displayed, machine pro-gramming has become corrupted.The machine must be re-initiatizedby a trained technician. Call forservice.

A power failure occurred during acommunication, etc. The contentsof memory were cleared due to along power-off condition.

A Power Failure List is printed.Confirm the list contents (seepage 208).

A cover is open.

Firmly close all covers.

No Toner Cartridge and Drum Unitexist.

Install the Toner Cartridge andDrum Unit. If error message stillexists after installation, call for ser-vice.If you request our service techni-cian to use a toner cartridge otherthan that of our recommendation(Page 28, 30:IMPORTANT),please note that the message“TONER NOT RECOGNIZED” willcontinue to be displayed after ser-vice setting is changed.

BROKEN REGISTRATION

POWER FAILURE

COVER OPEN

MEMORY OVERFLOW

DOCUMENT JAM

The memory set aside forspeed dial numbers (i.e. OneTouch Keys and AbbreviatedDial Numbers) has been ex-hausted.

Delete unneed numbers, alter-nate numbers, and unnecessarypauses. Use shorter names forthe dialing addresses.

The maximum number of manu-ally input phone numbers (100)has been reached.

Split your transmission into twoor more jobs.

There is not enough memory toperform the requested opera-tion.

Press STOP

to cancel the mes-

sage. Do the operation overagain with the Direct DocumentTransmission, or do the opera-tion again when enough residualmemory is regained.

A document jam has occurred.

Remove the jammed document(see page 215).

A recording paper jam has oc-curred or paper size is mis-match.

Remove the jammed paper orchange the setting to select thecurrent paper size (see pages22, 211, 216).

TROUBLESHOOTING

Error Messages

MEMORY FULL

Error Message Cause / Solution

Error Message Cause / Solution

JOB MEMORY FULL

TONER NOTRECOGNIZED

PAPER SIZE ERROR ORPAPER JAM XX

Page 212: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

210

No paper exists in the upper pa-per tray. This error occurs withan optional paper tray installed.

Supply recording paper to theupper paper tray.

No paper exists in the lower pa-per tray. This error occurs withan optional paper tray installed.

Supply recording paper to thelower paper tray.

No recording paper exists in anypaper tray.

Supply recording paper to thepaper tray(s).

The toner is nearly exhausted(warning).

Replace the toner.

The toner is exhausted.

Replace the toner (see page30).

The drum unit is within 4,000prints of its end of life (warning).

Order a new drum unit and re-place at your convenience (seepage 32).

The drum unit has reached theend of its life.

Replace the drum unit (seepage 32).

LOWER PAPER EMPTY

PAPER EMPTY

TONER LOW

TONER EMPTY

DRUM UNIT WARNING

REPLACE DRUM UNIT

CHECK TELEPHONELINE

Line is not connected to thetelephone line.

Correctly connect a modularphone cord between the tele-phone line jack and the LINEconnector on the rear side ofthe machine (see page 11).

A printer system failure has oc-curred.

Power your machine off, thenback on. If the error condition iscleared, confirm normal opera-tion. If the error condition re-turns, call your service repre-sentative.

Error Messages - continued

Error Message Cause / Solution

Error Message Cause / Solution

DEVICE ERROR XX

UPPER PAPER EMPTY

Page 213: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

211

Paper Jam Error CodesIf a paper jam occurs during a reception or copying operation, the message “PA-PER SIZE ERROR OR PAPER JAM XX” is displayed. If this occurs, follow the pro-cedure below.

The code number “XX” indicates the location of the paper jam as shown in the tablebelow.

ErrorCode

Cause How to Correct

10

20

80

90

A paper jam has occurred in theRecording Paper Tray or BypassTray.

A paper jam has occurred in theOptional Recording Paper Tray.

A paper jam has occurred at thepaper feed section of the papertransport path.

A paper jam has occurred at thepaper exit section of the papertransport path.

Remove the jammed recording pa-per.

Remove the jammed recording pa-per.

Open the Front Cover, remove theProcess Unit, and remove thejammed recording paper.

Open the RX Cover, remove thejammed recording paper.

Page 214: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

212

When an Error Code is printed as a status indication on Transmission Reports, etc., refer to the following description for the applicable Error Code to determine the cause.

ErrorCode

Cause How to Correct

10

11

12

13

20

E0E6

30

32

33

Paper Empty

Recording Paper Jam

Document Paper Jam

Cover Open

Power Failure

Error relating to the printer ormemory.

was pressed during the

communication.

Page # Mismatch

Polling Error

Load recording paper and set thetray.

Open the cover and clear the re-cording paper jam.

Remove the jammed document.

Close the cover, then retry.

Retry the transmission or ask theremote party to transmit the docu-ment again.

Remove the cause of the error onthe printer, if any. Then ask the re-mote party to retry the transmis-sion. If not corrected, call your ser-vice representative.

Retry the transmission or ask theremote party to transmit the docu-ment again.

Check the actual document count.

Check polling options setup (securi-ty code, etc.), and check if the poll-ing document exists.

ErrorCode Cause How to Correct

42

50

53

B0-B5C0-C4D0-D2F0, F1

87

Memory Overflow

Line Busy

Security Mismatch in Relay orMail Box transmission

Signal Error or Line Condition Error

No residual memory was remain-ing on the remote party’s machinefor Relay or Mailbox transmission.

Wait until the memory is recov-ered by completing some of thereserved jobs or remove othercauses if any, then retry the com-munication.

Send the document again.

Confirm the remote party’s securi-ty code, password, and your set-up.

Retry the communication. Fre-quent failures may indicate aphone line problem. If possible,move the unit to another line andtry your communications again.

Retry the transmission.

Error Codes Printed on Reports

STOP

Page 215: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

213

Too many document pagesare set.

The Operation Panel is notclosed fully.

The document extensionTray is not fully extended.

Something is wrong withthe document paper itself.

The ADF pad is dirty.

The document was loadedwith a wrong side down.

The Operation Panel is notclosed fully.

The remote party’s unit isnot compatible with yours.

Poor telephone line condi-tions.

When transmissions are not performed normally, check the points in the table be-low. If the facsimile will not operate correctly after confirming these points or any-thing not listed here occurs, call your service representative.

When you place adocument in thedocument tray, noth-ing happens.

When you pressSTART

in Direct

Document Transmis-sion Mode, the mes-sage “DIALING” or“COMMUNICATING”does not appear onthe LCD display.

Documents arefed obliquely(i.e. skewed).

Problem Cause Solution

You have a machine error.Check the display for anerror message (see pages209 and 210).

There is no power to thefacsimile.

You returned the handsetbefore you pressed

START

(when using the

optional handset).

The modular cord (the tele-phone line cable) is not cor-rectly connected.

The Dial Type setting ofthe facsimile is wrong.

There is no dial tone orsomething else is wrongwith the phone line.

The document is not setcorrectly in the DocumentTray.

The Operation Panel is notclosed fully.

Clear the error.

Make sure the power plug isplugged into the AC outlet andthe power switch is ON.

Send the document again being

sure to press

START

before

returning the handset.

When document pag-es are fed into theunit, two pages aredrawn into the slot.

The sending proce-dure was completed,but nothing was re-corded on the record-ing paper of the re-ceiving party or theimage was elongated.

The sending proce-dure was completedcorrectly, but nothinghappened.

Documents cannotbe sent overseas.

Problem Cause Solution

Set a maximum of 40 pages(Letter size) for one transmis-sion sequence.

Close the Operation Panel untilit clicks at the two latching po-sitions.

Extend it fully to support thedocument sufficiently.

Check the document to see if itsatisfies the requirements (seepage 82).

Clean the ADF pad.

Load the document face down.

Close the Operation Panel untilit clicks at the two latching po-sitions.

Verify the remote party’s unit.This facsimile can communi-cate with G3 machines but notG4 machines.

Retry sending the documentusing to the “Low Speed Trans-mission” procedure (see page179).

Transmission Problems

Check the modular cord con-nection between the wall socket

and the facsimile. Press MONITOR

and confirm you can hear a dialtone.

Set the correct Dial Type in ac-cordance with the line used forthe facsimile (see page 45).

Try a voice call through thehandset or the remote tele-phone set.

Align the document guidesproperly (but not too tightly).

Close the Operation Panel untilit clicks at the two latching po-sitions.

Page 216: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

214

When receptions are not performed normally, check the points in the table below.If the facsimile will not operate correctly after confirming these points or anythingnot listed here occurs, call your service representatives.

When you are to re-ceive a documentand you press

START

nothing hap-

pens.

Problem Cause Solution

A document is still in yourfacsimile.

The modular cord (tele-phone line cable) is dis-connected.

There is no power to theunit.

There is no recording pa-per.

The RX cover is notclosed fully.

(If the handset is installedand after talking with theremote party through thehandset) the handset isreturned before pressing .

Press STOP

to remove the

document.

After the recordingpaper has been re-placed, a PAPEREMPTY error mes-sage remains on theLCD display.

The received docu-ment is difficult toread. Unnecessarylines are printed.

You receive a docu-ment that is com-pletely blank, eventhough you and theremote party fol-lowed the correctprocedures.

Recording paper jamoccurs frequently.

Problem Cause Solution

The recording paper is notinstalled correctly.

The original document onthe sending side is of poorquality.

The sending unit requiresadjustment.

The recording unit requirescleaning.

The remote party loadedthe document face up.

The recording paper trayis not firmly closed.

Something is wrong withthe recording paper itself.

Check the paper installation,and make sure it is correct.

Ask the sending party if thedocument contents are clearenough.

Ask the sending party to makea copy of the same documentusing their facsimile. If thequality is poor, the problem isin the sending party’s unit.

If a copy is made on your fac-simile and the quality is poor,clean the recording unit.

Request the remote party tomake sure that document isloaded correctly.

Check the tray.

Use recording paper with thedesired specifications.

Reception Problems

The recording paperdoes not come out.

Something is wrong withthe sending machine.

The RX cover is notclosed fully.

START

Ask the sending party to re-transmit the document.

Press down the RX cover untilit clicks at the two latching po-sitions.

Check that the power plug isplugged into the AC outlet andthe power switch is ON.

Load recording paper in the re-cording paper tray.

Press down the RX cover untilit clicks at the two latching po-sitions.

Press

START

first, then re-

turn the handset.

Firmly connect the modularcord at both ends.

Press MONITOR

and confirm you

can hear a dial tone.

Page 217: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

215

If a document jam occurs dur-ing a transmission, the mes-sage “DOCUMENT JAM” isdisplayed in the LCD window.Follow this procedure to clear adocument jam.

Leave the power of the fac-simile ON.Remove other documents fromthe Document Support, if any(except the jammed portion).

Open the Operation Panel. Remove the jammed docu-ment. Check for pieces of pa-per, clips, or staples whichmay have caused the failure.

Firmly close the OperationPanel.

Confirm that the LCD displayindicates that the facsimile isin the Standby Mode.

NOTE:As for a document that hasjammed in the facsimile,make a duplicate using acopier and do the transmis-sion over again with the newduplicate used as the send-ing document.

Clearing a Document Jam

Remove OtherDocuments

1 Remove theJammed Document

3 Close the OperationPanel

4Open the OperationPanel

2

Document

Page 218: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

216

If a recording paper jam occursduring a reception or a copyingoperation, the message “PA-PER SIZE ERROR OR PA-PER JAM XX” is displayed inthe LCD window. Follow thisprocedure to clear the jam.

The code number “XX” indi-cates the location where thepaper jam has occurred asshown in the table below.

Leave the power of the fac-simile ON.Remove any document or re-cording paper from the Docu-ment Support, Document ExitTray or Recording Paper ExitTray.

Remove the jammed paperfrom the Bypass Tray.

Remove the Bypass Tray.

Clearing a Recording Paper Jam

Remove theDocuments

1

Code Location

10 In the Paper Tray andBypass Tray

20 In the Optional PaperTray

80 At the paper feed area

90 At the paper exit area

Remove the JammedPaper (Bypass Tray)

2 Remove the BypassTray

3

Document

Remove the jammed paperfrom the Recording Paper Tray.

Remove the JammedPaper (RecordingPaper Tray)

4

Page 219: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

217

Replace the Bypass Tray. Remove the Optional Record-ing Paper Tray.

Clearing a Recording Paper Jam - continued

Replace the BypassTray

5

Remove the stack of paperfrom the Optional RecordingPaper Tray and remove thejammed paper from the ma-chine.

Pull Out the OptionalRecording Paper Tray

6 Remove the JammedPaper (OptionalRecording Paper Tray)

7

Insert the Optional RecordingPaper Tray all the way into themachine.

NOTE:As the tray is inserted, lis-ten for the sound of the pa-per pressure plate movingup into position.

Insert the OptionalRecording Paper Tray

8

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTE:Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

Open the Front Cover9

Page 220: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

218

Lift up and holding the greenhandle, gently pull out the Pro-cess Unit.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

Clearing a Recording Paper Jam - continued

Remove the jammed paper inthe direction of the arrow.Avoid tearing the paper.

CAUTIONS• Do no touch the image

Transfer Roller.

• The black colored fuserhousing may be hot ifthe machine was in useprior to this paper jam.

Remove the ProcessUnit

10 Remove the JammedPaper(Paper Feed Area)

11

NOTE:It is recommended to foldthe edge of jammed paperas shown in the figure whenyou remove the jammed pa-per.

If the paper is jammed partwaythrough the Fuser Unit (blackcolored housing), remove thejammed paper in the directionof the arrow. Avoid tearing thepaper.

Remove the JammedPaper (Fuser Area)

12

NOTE:If a paper is jammed beforetoner on the paper is fused,be careful not to stain yourhand or fingers with tonerwhen removing the jammedpaper.

Open the RX Cover as shownabove.

OPEN THE RXCover

13

Pull the leading edge of the re-cording paper which has beenoutput in the exit.

Remove the JammedPaper(Paper Exit Area)

14

Remove the jammed paper inthe direction of the arrow.Avoid tearing the paper.

Page 221: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

219

Install the Process Unit intothe machine, aligning theguides of the Unit with thegrooves inside the machine.

Make sure the Process Unit isinserted inside the machine asfar as it will go.

NOTE:Pressing in the ProcessUnit forcibly could damagethe machine.

Clearing a Recording Paper Jam - continued

Install the ProcessUnit

15

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to ensure the latchesare engaged.

Close the FrontCover

16 Close the RX Cover17

Press down on the RX Coveruntil a “Click” is heard to en-sure the latches engage.

Verify the display has returnedto the Standby Mode.

If there is any receiveddocument stored inmemory ...

If a recording paper jam oc-curs during a reception, thereceived documents are au-tomatically stored in memo-ry. In that case, the facsimi-le will automatically print outthe received contents storedin memory after clearing thepaper jam (if power was notturned off).

Page 222: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

220

If the Document Scanner Unitis dirty, your documents maynot be transmitted clearly. Ifthe Recording Unit is dirty, thedocument you receive may notbe clear. In that case, cleanthe Document Scanner Unit orRecording Unit using the fol-lowing procedures. You cancheck these problems by mak-ing a copy.

Examples of print problem:

Open the Operation Panel. Wipe the Glass surface andthe White Plate with a soft drycloth.

• If it is very dirty, wipe it witha cloth soaked in water andwrung out, then wipe it witha dry cloth.

When the Recorded Image is not Clear...

Open the OperationPanel

1 Wipe the GlassSurface and WhitePlate

2

Document Scanner Cleaning Procedure

Wipe the ADF Pad and Rollerswith a dry cloth.

• If it is very dirty, wipe it witha cloth soaked in water andwrung out, then wipe it witha dry cloth.

CAUTION:Be careful not to injure yourfinger(s) on the ADF springwhen you wipe the ADFpad.

Wipe the ADF Padand Rollers

3

If the problem occurs duringboth a transmission and incopy mode, check the Docu-ment Scanner Unit.

If the problem occurs duringboth receptions and copymode, check the RecordingUnit.

Page 223: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

221

Close the Operation Panel.

• Make sure that the hookson both sides are firmlylatched.

Close the OperationPanel

4

When the Recorded Image is not Clear... - continued

Document Scanner Cleaning Procedure - continued

Page 224: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

222

Open the FrontCover

1

Hold the Front Cover by thegrips on both sides of its upperpart and pull it down to open it.

NOTES:• If a problem with the Re-

cording Unit remains afterthis action, you may re-quire a new Toner Car-tridge or Drum Unit.Check for dirt or paper un-der the Toner Cartridgeand Drum Unit first. Callyour service representa-tive for assistance.

• Do not pull the Front Covertoo strongly when openingit.

Recording Unit Cleaning Procedure

When the Recorded Image is not Clear... - continued

Wipe the PaperPickup Roller, etc.

3

Wipe the Paper Pickup Rollerwith a dry cloth. If the surfacesrequire moisture to remove thedirt, use a cloth slightly damp-ened with water to remove thedirt, followed by a dry cloth.

Lift up and holding the greenhandle, gently pull out the Pro-cess Unit.

CAUTION:Always hold the ProcessUnit by the green handle.

Remove the ProcessUnit

2 Process Unit4

Install the Process Unit intothe machine, aligning theguides of the Unit with thegrooves inside the machine.

Make sure the Process Unit isinserted inside the machine asfar as it will go.

NOTE:Pressing in the ProcessUnit forcibly could damagethe machine.

Press up the Front Cover untilit clicks to attach securely.

Verify the display has returnedto the Standby Mode.

Close the FrontCover

5

Page 225: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

223

USER TEST MODE - AUTOMATIC TEST MODE

AUTO TEST

Display the TESTMODE Menu

1AUTO TEST mode permits you to automatically perform a seriesof machine tests in one operation.

The test items performed by the AUTO TEST are:

• FLASH ROM TESTChecks the program data, function data, and language data.

• SRAM TESTChecks the SRAM Memory.

• DRAM TESTChecks the DRAM Memory.

• MODEM TESTChecks the modem and checks for phone line current.

• SCANNER TESTChecks the image scanner.

• CODEC TESTChecks the CODEC IC.

• PRINTER TESTChecks the printer components for proper operation and printsone test page.

• TONER IC TESTChecks the TONER IC.

NOTES : • AUTO TEST cannot be performed if data (such as re-ceived data, delayed transmission, or polling data) isstored in memory.

• AUTO TEST takes approximately 7.5 minutes to com-plete.

Press:

+

Select the AUTOTEST Menu

2

Press:

Completed theAUTO TEST

3

When all the tests end, theword “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and a Test Pattern isprinted. After printing, the dis-play returns to showing thestandby mode screen.

The results of the auto test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST RESULT” on page 235.

If the result of the auto test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

MENU

To suspend the auto test,

press STOP

.

The auto test starts, appearson the screen indicating thatthe test is under way.

3.TEST RESULT LIST

2.INDIVIDUAL TEST

TEST MODE1.AUTO TEST

AUTO TEST ---------------

AUTO TEST -------------------

Page 226: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

224

INDIVIDUAL TEST SummaryIn INDIVIDUAL TEST mode,you can perform specific testson this facsimile.

Press:

+

+

Enter the INDIVIDUALTEST Menu

1 Select the DesiredINDIVIDUAL TEST(01-07)

2

Press or MENU

un-

til the desired INDIVIDUALTEST is displayed or enter thedesired INDIVIDUAL TEST (01through 08) using the dial key-pad.

- INDIVIDUAL TEST MODE

NOTE:Only 1 selection can be dis-played at one time.

MENU

INDIVIDUAL TEST01.ADF TEST

02.KEY TEST03.LED TEST04.LCD TEST05.SPEAKER TEST06.SENSOR TEST07.PRINT TEST08.TONER IC TEST

Page 227: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

225

ADF TEST

Press:

+

+

+

+

Select the ADF TESTMenu

1The ADF test checks the op-eration of the ADF by trans-porting and unloading docu-ments. You can check that theADF is normal if the number ofdocuments loaded is consis-tent with the number of docu-ments transported and un-loaded.

Load the documents in thedocument support.

If a document jam occurs dur-ing transport, the screen belowis displayed.

Remove the jammed docu-ments, the screen below is dis-played.

ADF TESTLOAD DOCUMENT

ADF TESTPAGES 01

ADF TESTDOCUMENT JAM

To continue the ADF Test,press:

ADF TEST[STOP] TO COMPLETE

Load the Documents2

ADF TESTPRESS[START]

To end the test, press:

Select the ADF TestResult

3

If the number of documentsloaded is consistent with thenumber of documents unload,press:

You can change the transport

speed by pressing MODE

.

STD: Fast

FINE (Same when HALFTONE is set): Medium

U-FINE (Same when HALFTONE is set): Slow

MENU

Press:

The documents will be trans-ported one by one and thenumber of documents unloadedwill be displayed at the lowerright on the screen.

START

Go to Step 3.

STOP

Return to Step 2.

START

If a document has not fed prop-erly (even once), press:

2.NG

ADF TEST1.OK

Page 228: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

226

ADF TEST - continued

Completed theADF TEST

4

The word “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and the unit returns tothe individual test selectionscreen.

The result of the ADF test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST RESULT” on page 235.

If the result of the ADF test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

Page 229: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

227

KEY TEST

Select the Key TestMenu

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

The key test checks keyswitch operation on the Opera-tion Panel.

Check the Keys2

Press all the key switches ex-

cept STOP

.

If all the keys except STOP

have been detected, the screenbelow is displayed.

Exit the Key TestMode

3

The result of the key test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST RESULT” on page 235.

If the result of the key test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

Completed theKEY TEST

4

KEY TESTPRESS [STOP] LAST

KEY TESTPRESS [STOP]

KEY TESTOK

KEY TESTNG

NOTE:

If you press STOP

before

you press every key, themachine will reset to theIndividual Test menuscreen and no test resultwill be issued.

NOTE:The name of each key isdisplayed on the LCD afterit is pressed.

MENU

Press:

The result of the key test(“OK” or “NG”) is displayed onthe screen, and the unit re-turns to the individual testmenu screen.

STOP

Unless STOP

is pressed

within 10 seconds after thescreen in Step 2 is displayed,the test result is judged to beNG.

Page 230: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

228

LED TEST

Select the LED TESTMenu

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

All the LEDs blink or light withthe following message dis-played.

The LED test checks LED op-eration by lighting all the LEDson the Operation Panel.

Check the LCDs2

Visually check that all theLEDs are on. After checking,

press STOP

.

Select the Test ResultOption

3 Completed theLED TEST

4

The word “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and the unit returns tothe individual test selectionscreen.

The result of the LED test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST” on page 235.

If the result of the LED test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

LED TEST[STOP] TO COMPLETED

MENU

If there was no input for 1minute, Returns to display theSETUP menu screen.

If all the LEDs turn on, press:

If even one LED is not lit,press:

2.NG

LED TEST1.OK

Page 231: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

229

LCD TEST

Select the LCD TESTMenu

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

The LCD test checks LCD op-eration by turning on and off allthe elements of the LCD on theOperation Panel.

Start the LCD Test2

Press:

Select the Test ResultOption

3

If all elements of the LCD turnon and off normally, press:

Completed theLCD TEST

4

The word “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and the unit returns tothe individual test selectionscreen.

The result of the LCD test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST RESULT” on page 235.

If the result of the LCD test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

LCD TESTPRESS [START]

MENU

An underline moves from thefirst column through the lastcolumn of the LCD, and then allelements turn on as shown.

START

If even one element fails toturn on and off, press:

2.NG

LCD TEST1.OK

A

Displayed for 5 seconds

Page 232: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

230

SPEAKER TEST

Select the SPEAKERTEST Menu

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

The speaker test checksspeaker operation by changingthe volume output from thespeaker.

Check the SpeakerVolume

2 Select the Test ResultOption

3

If all volumes are output nor-mally, press:

Completed theSPEAKER TEST

4

The word “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and the unit returns tothe individual test selectionscreen.

The result of the speaker testcan be confirmed with the selftest report. To print the selftest report, refer to “PRINTINGA TEST RESULT” on page235.

If the result of the speaker testis judged to be NG, call yourservice representative.

SPEAKER TESTPRESS [START] After checking, press:

>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>OFF

MENU

Pressing

START

changes the

volume level from “>” (mini-mum) to “>>>>>>” (maximum)and “OFF” (no sound).

STOP

If even one of them is not out-put normally, press:

2.NG

SPEAKER TEST1.OK

Page 233: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

231

SENSOR TEST

Select the SENSORTEST Menu

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

The sensor test checks if thedetection sensors operate nor-mally.

The test items in SENSORTEST mode are as follows:

• Detection of Top Coveropen/closed status

• Detection of Front Coveropen/closed status

• Detection of Recording Pa-per and Recording PaperTray presence/absence sta-tus

NOTE:When the sensor has bro-ken, display does notchange next.But about 40 secondspassed, it will be set to NG.

Check the Top Cover2

Open the Top Cover. When itsopen state is detected, thescreen below appears. Afterchecking that the screen is dis-played, close the Top Cover.

Detects the open stateof the Top Cover.

SENSOR TESTOPEN TOP COVER

Close the TopCover

SENSOR TESTOPEN FRONT COVER

SENSOR TESTCLOSE TOP COVER

MENU

If no recording paper is placedin the Recording Paper Tray,the screen below is displayed.You can resume the test byloading the paper.

SENSOR TESTPUT IN PAPER

Check the FrontCover

3

Open the Front Cover. Whenits open state is detected, thescreen below appears. Afterchecking that the screen is dis-played, close the Front Cover.

Detects the open stateof the Front Cover.

Close the FrontCover

SENSOR TESTREMOVE PAPER

SENSOR TESTCLOSE FRONT COVER

Page 234: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

232

SENSOR TEST - continued

Completed theSENSOR TEST

5

The result of the sensor testcan be confirmed with the selftest report. To print the selftest report, refer to “PRINTINGA TEST RESULT” on page235.

If the result of the sensor testis judged to be NG, call yourservice representative.

Remove the Recording Paperin the Recording Paper Tray.When the absence of a Paperis detected, the screen belowappears. After checking thatthe screen is displayed, installthe Recording Paper in the Pa-per Tray.

Detects the absence ofthe Recording Paper.

If an Optional Recording PaperTray is installed, follow thesame test procedure for theOptional Recording Paper Tray.

Install the RecordingPaper

SENSOR TESTOK

SENSOR TESTPUT IN PAPER

Detects the absenceof the Recording Paper

SENSOR TESTPUT IN PAPER TRAY 2

SENSOR TESTREMOVE PAPER TRAY 2

Install the Recording Paper

The result of the sensor test(“OK” or “NG”) is displayed onthe screen, and the unit returnsto the individual test selectionscreen.

Check the Paper Tray4

Page 235: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

233

PRINT TEST

Select the TESTPRINT Menu

1The print test checks the print function by printing a test pattern.

The test pattern is printed.

PRINT TESTPRINTING LIST

Completed thePRINT TEST

3

The word “OPERATION COM-PLETED” is displayed on thescreen and the unit returns tothe individual test selectionscreen.

The result of the print test canbe confirmed with the self testreport. To print the self test re-port, refer to “PRINTING ATEST RESULT” on page 235.

If the result of the print test isjudged to be NG, call your ser-vice representative.

Select the PrintResult Option

2

If the test pattern prints prop-erly, press:

Print SamplePress:

+

+

+

+

MENU

If the test pattern did not printproperly, press:

2.ON

PRINT TEST1.YES

Page 236: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

234

TONER IC TEST

Select the TONER ICTEST

1

Press:

+

+

+

+

Toner IC Test checks if the ICchip attached to the toner car-tridge can be read correctly ornot.

Display the TestResult

2 Completed theTONER IC TEST

3

The result of the toner IC testcan be confirmed with the selftest report. To print the selftest report, refer to “PRINTINGA TEST RESULT” on page235.

If the result of the toner IC testis judged to be NG, call yourservice representative.

TONER IC TESTTESTING

If the test result is OK.MENU

Start the Toner IC Test

TONER IC TESTOK

If the test result is NG.

TONER IC TESTNG

Press:

Page 237: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

235

This test result list prints out the results of the individual tests asa self test report.

PRINTING a TEST RESULT

Select the TESTRESULT Menu

1

Press:

+

+

Print Sample

- TEST RESULT

After completion of the list out-put, the display returns to thestandby mode screen.

MENU

Page 238: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

236

Automatic Supplies Order Setting

- REMOTE SERVICE-AUTOMATIC SUPPLIES ORDER

This machine can automatically send an order sheet to a designated fax machine informing your supplier that a replacement Drum Unit or Toner Cartridge is required.

Contact your local authorized dealer for information on this setting.

Page 239: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

237

Document Size: Width ..... 216 mm (8.5 inches) max.148 mm (5.83 inches) min.

Length ... 1000 mm (39.37 inches) max.100 mm (3.94 inches) min.

Recording Paper Size: Letter, Legal, A4

Recording Paper Tray Capacity: Up to 250 sheets(with the recommended paper)

Bypass Tray Capacity: 1 sheet (with the recommended paper)

Effective Scanning Width: 214 mm (8.43 inches)

Effective Printing Width: 208 mm (8.2 inches)

Compatibility Communication Modes:ECM, G3

Scanning Density: Horizontal ..... 8 dots/mm (203 dpi),16 dots/mm (406 dpi)

Vertical ......... 3.85 lines/mm (98 lines/inch)7.7 lines/mm (196 lines/inch)15.4 lines/mm (392 lines/inch)

Transmission Rate: V17 and V.34:33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/19200/16800/14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps

Encoding Systems: JBIG/MMR/MR/MH

Recording and Printing Method: Electrophotography and Laser Printing

Memory Capacity: 7 MB

Machine Type: Desktop type with both transmission and re-ception functions

Applicable Networks: PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network)

Power Required: 110 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Power Consumed: Max. 1000 W (operating), 2 W or less (standbyin Super Energy Saver mode)

Unit Dimensions: Width ..... 408 mm (16.06 inches)Depth ..... 685 mm (26.97 inches)Height .... 403 mm (15.87 inches)(All dimensions excluding protrusions)

Weight: Less than 11.5 kg (25.35 lbs.)

Outer appearance, specifications, etc. may be changed without prior notice.

If any trouble is encountered, contact your authorized TOSHIBA facsimiledealer.

The clock function and programming data of this device are preserved with abuilt-in battery. If the power supply is cut off over a long time, the battery maybecome discharged, causing the recorded data to be lost.

SPECIFICATIONS

Page 240: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

238

Letter-size Recording Paper:

Legal-size Recording Paper:

Drum Unit: OD170F

Toner Cartridge: T170F

Optional Paper Tray: MY-1025LT

Handset: GJ-1110

SUPPLIES HARDWARE OPTIONS

Page 241: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

239

[MEMO]

Page 242: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

240

INDEX

AAbbreviated Number

Abbreviated Dial Number List ............................................................202Communications Options ..................................................................68Delete ...............................................................................................67Dialing ...............................................................................................91Modify ...............................................................................................67Registration .......................................................................................66

Access Codes, see also Passwords, and Security CodesDepartment Code Setting ..................................................................53

Account CodesAccount Code Entry ..........................................................................145Setup ................................................................................................57

Alphabet Dialing ..........................................................................................92Automatic Reception Mode (AUTO RECEIVE) ............................................63,105Autodialer

Abbreviated Dialer Dialing .................................................................91Abbreviated Dialer Registration .........................................................66Alphabet Dialing ................................................................................92Group Number Registration ...............................................................78One Touch Dialer Registration .......................................................... 72One Touch Key Dialing .....................................................................90Quick Start .......................................................................................35

Address Book List ......................................................................................205Automatic Supplies Order ...........................................................................236

BBulletin Board Box ......................................................................................120,130Bypass Tray ...............................................................................................10

Installation ........................................................................................ 20Paper Installation ..............................................................................24

CCanceling

Direct Transmission ..........................................................................111Memory Job Reservation ..................................................................111Open Mailbox Documents (Local Hub) .............................................. 142Reception .........................................................................................111

Chain Dial ...................................................................................................146

Character Entry ...........................................................................................37Deleting ............................................................................................38Inserting ............................................................................................38Replacing ..........................................................................................38

CleaningDocument Scanner Cleaning .............................................................220Recording Unit Cleaning ....................................................................222

Communication Journal ...............................................................................191Settings ............................................................................................183

Communication StatusDisplaying Current Job Status ...........................................................110

Confidential Box ..........................................................................................120,130Configuration Summary ...............................................................................46Contrast Setting ..........................................................................................85Copy Reduction ..........................................................................................65Copying .......................................................................................................87

Page Sorting Function ......................................................................87Page Sorting Function Default Setting ..............................................61Paper Size For Copying ....................................................................87Tray Selection...................................................................................88Thick Paper Selection .......................................................................89

Cover SheetAttaching a Cover Sheet ...................................................................173Printing a Cover Sheet ......................................................................173Registration.......................................................................................149

DDate and Time ............................................................................................41Default Setting ............................................................................................86

Document Mode................................................................................86Contrast Level ........................................................................86Resolution ...............................................................................86

Memory Transmission ......................................................................94Reception Mode ................................................................................63Security Transmission ......................................................................148

Delayed Communication .............................................................................175Use with Abbreviated Number registration .........................................69Use with One Touch key registration ................................................75

Delayed Polling Reception ..........................................................................175

Page 243: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

241

Department CodeAccess .............................................................................................144Control List .......................................................................................200Initialization (Setting) ........................................................................53Maintenance ..................................................................................... 55

Department Control List ..............................................................................200Drum Unit and Toner Cartridge Installation ..................................................28Dial Type .................................................................................................... 45Dialing Methods ..........................................................................................90

Abbreviated Dialing ...........................................................................91Alphabet Dialing ................................................................................92Keypad Dialing .................................................................................. 93On-hook Dialing ................................................................................108One Touch Key Dialing .....................................................................90

Direct Document Transmission ................................................................... 96Default Setting .................................................................................. 96External Off-hook Transmission ........................................................102Of-hook Transmission (Optional Handset Dialing) .............................100On-hook Transmission (Monitor Speaker Dialing) ..............................99Redialing ........................................................................................... 109Report Setting ...................................................................................185Temporary Direct Transmission ........................................................98

DocumentsAcceptable Document Sizes ............................................................. 82Document Exit Tray ..........................................................................10,16,19Document Length Setting ..................................................................154Document Support ............................................................................10,16,19Loading .............................................................................................83

Drum Unit Replacement ..............................................................................32

EECM (Error Correction Mode)

Default ECM Setting ......................................................................... 60Disabling ECM Temporarily ...............................................................168

Error Codes Printed on Reports ................................................................... 212Error Messages ..........................................................................................209

FFax Speed ..................................................................................................68,74,179Features .....................................................................................................8

File Number and Residual Memory ..............................................................94Front View...................................................................................................10Function Keys .............................................................................................15

Discard, see Reception SettingsFunction List ...............................................................................................206

GGroup

Group Broadcast Transmission .........................................................113Group Number List ............................................................................ 204Group Number Registration ...............................................................78Multi-Key Quick Broadcast Transmission .........................................114Relay Transmission ..........................................................................116

HHardware Options........................................................................................ 238

IInitial Setting

Date and Time .................................................................................. 41Dial Type ..........................................................................................45Language ..........................................................................................40Terminal ID .......................................................................................43

ITU-T Compatible ........................................................................................ 130

JJob Status ..................................................................................................110Journals, see Communication Journals

KKeypad Dialing ............................................................................................93

LLanguage Selection ..................................................................................... 40Line Monitor

Default Setting .................................................................................. 58

Page 244: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

242

Transmission Options .......................................................................180Use with Abbreviated Number registration .........................................69Use with One Touch key registration ................................................75

Lists, see List and ReportsList And Reports .........................................................................................183List And Report Print Format And Printing Procedure .................................. 191

Department Control List ....................................................................200Function List ..................................................................................... 206Memory Transmission Report ...........................................................193Menu List ..........................................................................................207Multi-Address Transmission Report ..................................................195Multi-Polling Report ...........................................................................196Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible F-Code Communication) List ..................199Power Failure List .............................................................................208Preset Dialing Number Lists ..............................................................201

Abbreviated Dial Number List ..................................................202All of Lists ..............................................................................201Group Number List ..................................................................204One Touch Number List .......................................................... 203

Relay Send Originator Report ............................................................197Reservation List ................................................................................194Transmission Report ......................................................................... 192Transmission/Reception Journal (Communication Journal) ................ 191

Lists and Reports Options Settings ............................................................. 183Communication Journal Settings ....................................................... 183Communication Report Settings ........................................................183

MMailbox (ITU-T Compatible) ......................................................................... 130

Cancelling a Documents in a Mailbox (Local Hub) .............................142Deleting a Mailbox ............................................................................ 132Deleting Documents ..........................................................................142Mailbox List ......................................................................................199Overview........................................................................................... 119Printing a Document from a Mailbox (Local Hub) ............................... 140Reserving a Document to a Mailbox (Local Hub) ............................... 136Retrieving (Polling) a Document from a Mailbox (Remote Hub) .........138Sending a Document to a Mailbox (Remote Hub) ..............................134Setting Up a Mailbox ......................................................................... 130

Mailbox CommunicationsMailbox Reception Report .................................................................198

Open Mailbox (ITU-T Compatible) .....................................................120Overview...........................................................................................119Reception List Settings .....................................................................190

Memory Reception Setting ..........................................................................161Memory Transmission .................................................................................94Memory Transmission Report .....................................................................193Memory Transmission Report Setting .........................................................186Menu List ....................................................................................................207Menu Operation ..........................................................................................36Multi-Address Polling ..................................................................................128Multi-Address Transmission (Broadcasting) ................................................113

Group Broadcast Transmission .........................................................113Multi-Key Quick Broadcast Transmission .........................................114Report ...............................................................................................195Report Setting ...................................................................................187

Multi-Key ....................................................................................................114Multi Mailbox Reservation ...........................................................................124Multi-Polling Report .....................................................................................196Multi-Polling Report Setting .........................................................................188

NNotice to Users ...........................................................................................1

OOne Touch Key

Communication Options ....................................................................74Delete ...............................................................................................73Dialing...............................................................................................90Modify ...............................................................................................73One Touch Number List ....................................................................203Registration.......................................................................................72Retain ...............................................................................................73

Operation Panel ..........................................................................................13Function Keys...................................................................................15

Optional Recording Tray ..............................................................................12Paper Installation ..............................................................................25

PPage Count .................................................................................................181

Page 245: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

243

Paper Exit Tray, see Recording PaperPaper Jam Error Codes ............................................................................... 211Passwords, see also Access Code, and Security Code

ITU Sub-address ............................................................................... 169System Password (PWD) .................................................................170

PIN Mask .................................................................................................... 155Polling

Overview........................................................................................... 119Polling Reception ..............................................................................119

Delayed Polling Reception ......................................................175Multi-Address Polling Reception .............................................128Secure Polling Reception ........................................................126Simple Polling Reception ........................................................126

Polling Reservation ...........................................................................119Multi Mailbox Polling Reservation ........................................... 124Security Polling Reservation ...................................................121Simple Polling Reservation .....................................................121

Power Failure List .......................................................................................208Power Saver Operation

Printer Power Saver ..........................................................................51Super Energy Saver ..........................................................................51

Preset Dial Number Lists, see Lists & ReportsPrint

Printing Supplies Replacement .........................................................30Reverse Order Printing Setting .......................................................... 164

Privileged Reception ...................................................................................165

QQuick Start ................................................................................................. 35

RRear View ...................................................................................................11Receiving .................................................................................................... 105

Automatic Reception Mode ...............................................................105FAX/TAD Switching Mode ................................................................ 105Manual Receiving Mode ....................................................................106Selecting Quick Start ........................................................................35TEL/FAX Switching Mode .................................................................106Reception Mode Default Setting ........................................................63

Reception Mode Selection ................................................................ 107Receiving Interval Setting ...........................................................................59Reception Journal .......................................................................................191

Automatic Output ..............................................................................183Manual Output .................................................................................. 183Settings ............................................................................................183

Reception List Settings, see Lists And Reports Options SettingsReception Settings

Discard .............................................................................................163Reduction .........................................................................................162Reverse Order Printing Setting .......................................................... 164

Recording PaperInstallation ........................................................................................ 21Paper Size, Recording Area ..............................................................107Tray ..................................................................................................10,16,20Tray (Option) ..................................................................................... 12

Recovery TransmissionSetting .............................................................................................. 150Transmitting (Sending) ...................................................................... 177

Redialing .....................................................................................................103,109Automatic Redialing ..........................................................................103Manual Redialing Direct Transmission .............................................. 103Manual Redialing Jobs in Memory.....................................................104Redial (Interval and Counter) Setting ................................................. 62Telephone Handset Operation (Optional) ........................................... 109

Reduction, see Reception Settings or Copy ReductionRelay Transmission

Overview........................................................................................... 116Relay Send Originator Report ............................................................197Relay Originator Report Setting .........................................................189

Remote Service ..........................................................................................236Remote Terminal ID (RTI) Print ................................................................... 166Replacement

Drum Unit .........................................................................................32Toner Cartridge .................................................................................30

Reports, see Lists And ReportsReservation List ..........................................................................................194

Residual Memory & File Number ....................................................... 94Resolution, Scan Setting Adjustment .......................................................... 84

Page 246: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

244

Reverse Order Printing Setting ....................................................................164Ringer Volume Adjustment ..........................................................................47RTI (Remote Terminal ID) Print ................................................................... 166

SScan Resolution ..........................................................................................84Secure Polling .............................................................................................126Secure Reception........................................................................................ 156

Access Code Setting ........................................................................156Activation Period ..............................................................................158Temporary Stop ................................................................................160

Security Code, see also Passwords, and Access CodesPolling Security Code........................................................................122Secure Reception .............................................................................156

Security Polling Reservation .......................................................................121Security Transmission ................................................................................167Send After Scan

Default Setting .................................................................................. 153Temporarily .......................................................................................171

SetupBypass Tray .....................................................................................10,16,20Document Exit Tray ..........................................................................10,16,19Document Support ............................................................................10,16,19Facsimile Machine Installation .......................................................... 18Printing Supplies Installation ............................................................. 21Quick Start .......................................................................................35Receiving ..........................................................................................35Recording Paper Exit Tray ................................................................10,16,20Recording Paper Tray .......................................................................10,16,20Unpacking .........................................................................................16User Interface Operation ................................................................... 36

Simple Polling .............................................................................................126Simple Polling Reservation ......................................................................... 121Sort Copy Setting........................................................................................ 61Specifications .............................................................................................237Speed Dial, see Abbreviated NumberSub-Address Communication

Dialing with Sub-address ................................................................... 169Using with Abbreviated Number Registration ..................................... 68

Using with One Touch Key Registration ............................................74Supplies

Automatic Supplies Order .................................................................236Installation ........................................................................................28Replacement .....................................................................................30

TTelephone Handset Operation (Optional) .....................................................108

On-Hook Dialing ................................................................................108Redialing ...........................................................................................109Tone Output ......................................................................................109

Terminal ID .................................................................................................35Terminal ID Setting ...........................................................................43Terminal ID, Quick Start ...................................................................35

Test Mode...................................................................................................223Toner Cartridge Replacement ......................................................................30Transmission Journal ..................................................................................191

Setting ..............................................................................................183Transmission Options .................................................................................167

Attaching or Printing a Cover Sheet ..................................................173Communication Report Print .............................................................182Delayed Communication (Time Designation) .....................................175Dialing with Sub-Address ..................................................................169Disabling ECM Temporarily ...............................................................168Line Monitor ......................................................................................180Low Speed Transmission ..................................................................179Priority Transmission ........................................................................176Security Transmission ......................................................................167Send After Scan Temporarily ............................................................171Sending Recovery Transmission .......................................................177Setting the Page Count .....................................................................181

Transmission Report ...................................................................................192Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................209

Clearing a Document Jam .................................................................215Clearing a Recording Paper Jam .......................................................216Error Codes Printed on Reports .........................................................212Error Messages ................................................................................209Reception Problems ..........................................................................214Transmission Problems ....................................................................213When the Recorded Image is not Clear .............................................220

Page 247: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

245

TTI (Transmit Terminal ID) Print ..................................................................151TX Report ...................................................................................................69,75

UUser Interface Operation .............................................................................36User Test Mode

Auto Test ..........................................................................................223Individual Test .................................................................................. 224

ADF Test ................................................................................225Key Test .................................................................................227LCD Test ................................................................................229LED Test ................................................................................228Sensor Test ............................................................................ 231Speaker Test ..........................................................................230Print Test ................................................................................233TONER IC Test ...................................................................... 234

Printing a Test Result .......................................................................235

VVolume Adjustment

Alarm Tone .......................................................................................48Bell Ringer ........................................................................................ 47Key Touch Tone ............................................................................... 49Monitor .............................................................................................50

Page 248: e-STUDIO170F Operator's Manual - Copier Fax Printer Operator's... · STAR Partner, Toshiba has determined that this facsimile model meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency

PLAIN PAPER FACSIMILE

Operator's Manual

2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

R04102070400-TTEC

2004-12

2-17-2, HIGASHIGOTANDA, SHINAGAWA-KU, TOKYO, 141-8664, JAPAN